PDF

7400_Layout 1 06/10/2015 10:15 Page 1
Postgraduate Prospectus
2016
7400_Layout 1 06/10/2015 10:15 Page 2
Why
choose
NTU?
NTU is one of
the biggest and
most popular
universities in
the UK.
Were one of the
UKs most
environmentally
friendly
universities.
Nottingham is
renowned for
being a great and
affordable city to
study in.
NTU graduates
get jobs.
Our research is
changing the
world.
7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:02 Page 1
We have a
number of
scholarships and
bursaries to help
fund your studies.
Were committed
to meeting the
needs of
businesses.
Youll meet
students and
staff from over
160 countries.
Weve invested
350 million into
your future.
Our flexible
courses are
designed to fit
around your other
commitments.
And many
more
reasons
inside...
Contents
Welcome
Study with us
Our courses
Your future
10
Our staff
12
Research
14
Facilities
18
Fees, funding and scholarships
20
Campus life
22
Accommodation
24
Nottingham
26
Student life
28
Sport
32
Support
34
International students
36
How to apply
38
Your guide to our courses
41
Graduate School (research degrees)
42
Nottingham Business School
52
Nottingham Law School
86
School of Animal, Rural and Environmental Sciences
102
School of Architecture, Design and the Built Environment
112
School of Art & Design
134
School of Arts and Humanities
158
School of Education
180
School of Science and Technology
196
School of Social Sciences
238
Course index
258
Travelling to Nottingham
266
Campus locations
267
Useful contacts
268
Where is Nottingham?
269
Open events
Discover life at NTU for yourself at one
of our open events:
The open evening and recruitment

day were very informative. Helped me
to make my decision to study at NTU.
NTU student, Postgraduate Taught Experience
Survey (PTES) 2015
Wednesday 11 November 2015

Wednesday 16 March 2016
We also hold further subject specific open
events and evenings throughout the year.
Check our website for dates and more
details. Were looking forward to
meeting you.
Open days on demand

If you cant make it in person, why not visit
our Virtual Open Day? Here you can get lots
of information on what life as a student at
NTU is like, with videos, virtual tours and
photo galleries.
Start your day at www.ntu.ac.uk/virtualtour
whenever suits you.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/pgopendays to book your place.

3
Welcome
A personal message from the Vice-Chancellor, Professor Edward Peck
Choosing postgraduate study is an important decision
that will change your life. We know this from national
data and from watching our former students go on to
exciting careers. I also speak from my own experience.
However, selecting the right course at the right
university is crucial.
Nottingham Trent University is a very popular choice for
students considering postgraduate courses; for
example, we are the leading university in the UK for the
number of postgraduate students taking professional
qualifications.*
This popularity is in part based on the broad range of
programmes we offer, but it is also rooted in the
expertise and experience that we have developed in
supporting postgraduate students. Providing an
outstanding postgraduate experience is central to what
we do here at NTU.
We have invested 350 million over the last ten years
creating state-of-the-art learning facilities so we can
combine inspiring teaching with contemporary
technology. Our overall satisfaction score in the annual
National Student Survey is now at 88%, well above the
sector average, and we have won a number of
prestigious national awards recently for the quality of
our student support.
The goals of our postgraduate courses are to stimulate
and guide learning and launch or accelerate careers.
The relevance and rigour of our programmes, and our
close links with employers, underpin the success of our
students in the job market; 94% of our postgraduates
are employed or engaged in further study six months
after graduation**.
Of course, postgraduate study at NTU is not just about
the quality of our courses or the excellence of our
facilities; it also enables you to make new contacts and
create new networks amongst peers from over 160
countries around the world.
I am so proud I attended NTU.

Antoine Calon (France)
MSc International Business
*HESA 2013/14.
**DLHE postgraduate results 2013/14.
Like our teaching, our research seeks to value ideas and

enrich society. Examples of our world-leading research
range from cancer immunotherapy and airport security
systems, to social policy and cultural studies. This
quality is endorsed by the funding we secure from our
partners, who could fund research anywhere in the
world and choose to do so here at NTU; for instance,
the United States Science and Technology Directorate
and the US Department of Homeland Security have
chosen to invest in research in our School of Science
and Technology.
This prospectus illustrates some of the reasons why
NTU is one of the most popular universities in the
country. It gives you an insight into the taught courses
and research programmes available. I hope you will
find one that will work for you and I look forward to
welcoming you to Nottingham Trent University.
Professor Edward W Peck PhD MA BA DHSM DipM

Vice-Chancellor
Study with us
With an increasing number of graduates armed with undergraduate degrees, postgraduate study
equips you with the experience and knowledge necessary to stand out from the crowd. It will
enable you to succeed in todays competitive employment market and also allows you to study in
depth the subject that you love.
Why study at postgraduate level?
What makes our courses stand out?
The statistics prove that postgraduate study delivers a

strong return on your investment. Average lifetime
earnings of those holding a postgraduate degree are
significantly higher than those with a first degree;
15% higher for those with a masters degree and up
to 23% higher for those with a research degree*.
Our academic supervisors, tutors and lecturers are

among the leading practitioners in their fields,
engaged in consultancy and global research.
Why study at NTU?
90% of our research activity achieved world-leading,

internationally-excellent or internationally-recognised
status in the latest Research Excellence Framework
(REF) 2014.
Our postgraduate courses are setting new standards by

using leading research and global employers to inform
them. We offer nearly 200 taught courses, many of
which are formally accredited by professional bodies,
and a wide range of research degree options across our
nine academic Schools. Our commitment to delivering
a first-class course provision is at the heart of why
students choose us.
There is no doubt about it, NTU

was a worthwhile investment in
terms of my career outcomes.
Mei-Ling Chen (Taiwan)
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
*The Social Composition and Future Earnings of Postgraduates, Sutton Trust

(March 2010)
We have strong links with the private and public

sectors. You will learn from insightful and relevant
visiting lecturers with leading careers in their subjects.
Our strong links with companies worldwide also

enable us to keep our courses at the cutting edge in a
rapidly changing world.
Were flexible
Postgraduate study is a big commitment, so its
important to choose the course that best fits your
lifestyle and aspirations. As well as our full-time courses,
our distance learning, block-release and part-time study
options all enable you to combine further study with
work or family commitments. Take a look at our courses
to discover how they can fit in to your life.
Our courses
You will find a diverse range of taught postgraduate or postgraduate research programmes in the UK,
which are respected internationally. Below is a synopsis of the options available to you at NTU.
Taught postgraduate courses
Research degrees
Masters, postgraduate certificates and

diplomas
MRes
Taught courses most commonly come in the form of a

masters degree: one to two years full-time, or two to
three years part-time.
You will attend seminars, lectures and tutorials. You
may also undertake project work, business consultancy,
presentations, some research, a thesis / dissertation and
exams. The balance of these varies between courses.
Professional courses
These courses are taught by industry experts and
delivered with working professionals in mind. Courses
available include Chartered Institute of Marketing
(CIM), Institute of Trade Mark Attorneys (ITMA) and
Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy
(CIPFA) qualifications.
See page 265 for a glossary of course

abbreviations.
These rely on your own research activities, supervised by

an experienced academic, rather than a taught
programme. They are usually one to two years full-time
or up to four years part-time. You will find that they
have a similar structure to a doctorate, just shorter.
They usually culminate in a thesis and a viva voce,
which is a verbal examination.
PhD
These can be started immediately after your first or
masters degree, depending on your subject. They
involve research into a chosen topic under the
supervision of an experienced academic. They are:
up to four years full-time;
up to eight years part-time;
the stepping stone for progression into an academic
research career; and
courses that contribute to the worldwide knowledge
and understanding in the broader discipline.
PhDs include a thesis and a viva voce examination and
are accompanied by a taught research training course.
Youll find more information about our research degrees
through our Graduate School on page 42.
Professional Doctorates
We offer Professional Doctorates in a range of subjects.
You will need to complete an original piece of research
for your doctorate and present it as a thesis.
Professional Doctorates include a large taught or
directed study element, which is formally assessed.
They offer you the equivalent status of a PhD, and are
more appropriate for those pursuing professional rather
than academic careers.
Youll find out more about our Professional Doctorates
in the relevant School sections.
My experience of studying at
NTU has been dynamic.
Audrey-Jacqueline Tettey (Ghana)
MA International Development
Your future
NTU graduates get jobs. In fact, NTU is one of the most employment-focused universities in the
country. In the recent Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education review, our innovative
approach to student employability was highlighted as sector-leading. Our strong links with
industry enable us to understand exactly what employers are looking for from graduates. We know
how to help you maximise your potential and stand out from the crowd.
Courses informed by industry
Our close links with many businesses and organisations
worldwide ensure that our courses meet the needs of
employers. Developed in collaboration with industry
partners, they will give you the very latest knowledge,
insight and skills in your chosen field. As a result, NTU is
the leading university in the country for the number of
students taking postgraduate professional
qualifications.*
Work experience opportunities

Many of our postgraduate courses offer the opportunity
to complete a placement or internship. In our Business
School, most of our full-time masters courses can be
studied over two years, with a one-year sandwich
placement. Thanks to NTUs great links, many courses
also provide the option to work closely with a company
on a consultancy project.
Planning for your future

NTUs Employability Team provide personalised and
specialist careers advice on all three of our campuses.
There is also a dedicated careers consultant for each
School and a specialist careers consultant for
postgraduate research students. They will support you
throughout your time at NTU and ensure that you get
advice unique to you and your studies.
In addition to individual support, we offer a wide range

of employability development opportunities that you
can get involved in to enhance your skills and gain work
experience. These include the Acceler8 Employability
Award; employer-led workshops; the Employability
Mentoring Programme involving employers and alumni;
mock assessment centres; recruitment fairs and many
more. You can find out more about the opportunities
available on our website.
Interested in setting up your own company?

The Hive is NTUs specialist centre for business
enterprise and supports the creation of new businesses.
Having empowered well over 300 start-up companies,
almost 70% of those businesses are still trading and
prospering today. We can help you to make your
ambitions a business reality.
94% of our
postgraduates are
employed or engaged
in further study six
months after leaving.
*HESA 2013/14.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/employability to find out more.

10
Our staff
At NTU, we pride ourselves on the diligence and enthusiasm of our teaching and support teams. They
have a genuine passion for their subjects and are committed to helping students realise their ambitions.
Our lecturers boast extensive professional experience which feeds directly in to all of our courses.
Award-winning staff
Guest lectures
The inspirational work of our staff continues to be

celebrated with an ever-growing list of accolades. Last
year, senior researcher at Nottingham Business School,
Professor Rob Ackrill, was made a National Teaching
Fellow of the Higher Education Academy, and in March
2015 lecturer Alison Hardy received the Teacher
Training Design and Technology Award from the Design
and Technology Association. Elsewhere, Professor Mark
Griffiths, Head of our International Gaming Research
Unit, has become the first person to receive a lifetime
research prize from the US National Council on Problem
Gambling.
You wont just be hearing from our high calibre lecturers

and tutors. You will also benefit from guest lecturers
who are experts in their field. Our Distinguished Lecture
Series offers the opportunity to hear from eminent
figures with thought-provoking opinions. Journalist,
author and award-winning broadcaster, Gavin Esler,
former Chief of the British Secret Intelligence Service,
Sir Richard Dearlove KCMG OBE, and Baroness Sue
Campbell CBE, Chair of the Youth Sport Trust, and the
former Chair of UK Sport, are just a few of the worlds
brightest and best that have lectured at NTU recently.
Our passion to constantly find ways to energise and

transform learning was also recognised this year with
the award of first prize in the Teaching Excellence
category at the Guardian University Awards for our
digital humanities project, Dawn of the Unread.
Another NTU project, SCALE-UP, which focusses on
ways to improve learning through increased interaction,
came a close second in the same category.
The tutors constant support,

even after leaving NTU, has
shaped and guided me
enormously.
Adrian Minks (United Kingdom)
MSc Psychology
Recently, NTU staff have

picked up several national
and international awards.
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/staff to view profiles of our staff.
12
Professor Mark Griffiths recently received a lifetime research prize from the US National
Council on Problem Gambling
Research
Here at NTU were delivering ground-breaking research that has a direct impact on peoples lives.
Our work creates innovative solutions to global challenges ranging from cancer to climate change.
With 50 partner academic institutions across 40 countries, many of our breakthroughs are achieved
through collaboration with other universities, industrial leaders and professional bodies worldwide.
Courses informed by world-leading research
We command global respect for our research, with
almost all of our activities classed as world-leading,
internationally excellent, or of an internationallyrecognised standard. The Research Excellence
Framework (REF) 2014 the system for assessing the
quality and impact of research in UK higher education
institutions judged that 90% of research submitted
by the University fell within these top three categories.
Major successes include our activities in the fields of
Psychology, Biomedical Science and Business and
Management Studies, which were classified as having
100% world-leading or internationally excellent
research impact. This performance puts us at the
forefront of intellectual endeavour in these areas both
in the UK and across the globe.
90% of our research is

world-leading,
internationally excellent, or
internationally-recognised.
Meanwhile our work in General Engineering and English

Languages and Literature scored 95% and 87%
respectively. Similar high proportions were found in
both Communication, Cultural and Media Studies and
Art and Design. All our research findings feed back in to
our taught courses, meaning that your learning is
always informed by the latest thinking and discoveries.
The following projects give a flavour of the breadth and
diversity of the research being carried out across NTU.
Youll find more information about our research degrees
through our Graduate School on page 42.
There is a really good

working environment with
researchers from different
countries.
Rebekah Wood (United Kingdom)
PhD in Art and Design
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/research for more information.

14
Something so small can be deadly

Every parent worries about their child getting ill, but were making the jobs of new parents
just a little easier. Led by Professor Steve Forsythe, a team at NTU have spent years
studying the bacteria that causes meningitis one of the deadliest infections for young
children and looking for ways to defeat it. Theyve already changed industry standards
for baby milk, leading to new laws across the globe. And whats more, the results are
enjoyed by over 150,000 babies every single year.
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/ref to find out more.
15
Its more than just a game

Most people will gamble at some point in their lives, and for the vast majority its nothing
more than a bit of harmless fun. However, for some it can become a debilitating problem.
Today, it is estimated that around 350,000 people suffer from a gambling addiction, but
the International Gaming Research Unit at NTU is working to help reduce that figure. Led
by Professor Mark Griffiths, their findings have already been adopted by international
governments, leading to the creation of more responsible gambling tools.
16
Gaining an upper hand on the elements

Skiers and snowboarders are subject to severe conditions and temperatures every time
they take to the piste. Professor Tilak Dias and his team have spent years developing a
new smart fabric called Thermoknit to help keep them warm. The fabric heats itself,
helping to maintain body temperature in even the most extreme conditions and its
already being used in ski gloves and winter wear around the world.
17
Facilities
As one of the leading new universities in the UK, we provide our students with first-class learning
and teaching facilities. Heres a taste of what you can expect while studying at NTU.
IT resources
Our IT resource rooms and PC clusters are distributed
across all three sites, with thousands of PCs providing
access to Microsoft Office, email, web browsing,
networked file storage and high-speed online printing
services (with a free printing allowance for each student).
IT resource rooms are available 24 hours a day.
Nottingham Trent University Online

Workspace (NOW)
NOW allows students to access their University learning
resources from anywhere in the world. Youll have access
to blogs, discussion forums, online learning materials and
electronic assessment tools. This will give you plenty of
opportunity for collaborative and independent learning.
Libraries
Each of our three libraries offer access to a wide range
of resources, both print and online, as well as IT facilities,
group and individual study spaces. Material is carefully
selected to support learning, teaching and research
at each campus. Youll have access to almost half a
million printed books, as well as tens of thousands of
electronic books and journals. There are collections of
audio-visual material and online images for student use.
Our inter-library loan service also allows you to access
resources from the British Library or from another
location through the national or international inter-library
loan network.
In 2014, we opened a new library on our Brackenhurst

campus. Meanwhile, the libraries at our City site and
Clifton campus have also recently undergone
improvements to make sure that they offer all our
students the very latest resources and best possible study
environment. Our Boots Library saw the opening of a
new roof garden in 2015, offering a tranquil, natural
environment for studying and relaxing in the heart of our
City site.
Clifton campus regeneration

The Clifton campus has recently undergone a significant
regeneration programme that provides an inspiring
teaching, learning and research environment. The
redevelopment includes the construction of a brand new
central pavilion building and teaching suite plus a newly
modernised and upgraded library.
Inspiring learning environments

Our courses enable you to gain hands-on experience with
some of the best facilities in the country. Weve created
learning environments that are as close as possible to the
real world of industry.
Weve invested 350m across our

three campuses, creating inspiring
environments for you to study in.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses to see facilities that are specific to your course.

18
Fees, funding and scholarships

Fees
Funding your studies
Your tuition fees
Scholarships
We review our fees each year and the fee you pay will
depend on your course, how long you are studying and
how you choose to study.
We have a range of scholarships to help fund your studies.

These have helped hundreds of students study at NTU
and achieve their ambitions. Scholarships are awarded to
those students who can demonstrate excellent
achievement, passion and dedication to their studies.
You can find the fees for all our postgraduate courses on
our website.
Paying your fees

If your fee is less than 500 you will need to pay at or
before enrolment. For most courses you can pay fees of
500 or more by instalments.
All international (non-EEA) students are required to
make an advanced payment (deposit) of 3,000 when
accepting their offer to study at NTU in order to secure
a place on the course (excluding students progressing
from Nottingham Trent International College).
NTU Postgraduate Scholarships

Scholarships are available from all our Schools for
students from the UK and EU. Scholarships range
from 1,000 up to half your tuition fee.
NTU International Scholarships

We offer a range of prestigious scholarships for
international students.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/scholarships to find out
more and apply.
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/pgfees to find the fees for your course.

20
Postgraduate discount for current students

and alumni
We offer a 25% discount to current NTU students and
NTU alumni who have graduated since 1 June 2011
and who progress onto a postgraduate course.
The discount is available on most postgraduate courses.
You can see which courses are eligible and view the
terms and conditions on our website.
Postgraduate loans
The UK government is expected to introduce a new
postgraduate loans scheme for the 2016/17 academic
year. We will provide further updates on our web pages
should plans for the loans move forward and details
become confirmed.
Professional and Career Development Loans

Currently you can take out a Professional and Career
Development Loan with a participating bank to borrow
an amount between 300 and 10,000. Please note
that these loans may be subject to change for 2016/17,
depending on the introduction of the postgraduate
loans scheme.
NTU is a registered Learning Provider with the Skills
Funding Agency. Our Learning Provider number is
4944. Please call 0800 100 900 or visit the website
below for further information:
www.gov.uk/career-development-loans
US Federal Loan Program

Nottingham Trent University is registered with the US
Department of Education to originate loans under the
governments Direct Loan Program for certain courses of
study. The School code is G30925. To check if your loan
is eligible and for any other Federal Loan Program
queries, please contact our Student Financial Support
Service.
N.B. Loans cannot be originated for any course where
the student is not studying outside the US (e.g. Distance
Learning courses) or certain professional law courses.
Useful websites
Further funding information can be found on the
following websites:
www.gov.uk/funding-for-postgraduate-study
www.prospects.ac.uk
www.scholarship-search.org.uk
The UK Council for International Student Affairs also
provides further funding and scholarship
information for international students. Visit
www.ukcisa.org.uk for details.
Getting in touch
For further advice and guidance you can contact
our Student Financial Support Service.
Tel: +44(0)115 848 2494
21
Campus life
NTU has a real community feel about it. Our courses are spread out over three great campuses
across Nottingham, each with their own personality!
City site
Clifton campus
Home to over 16,000 students and based

right in the heart of Nottingham
Home to over 8,000 students and just four

miles outside the city centre
A cosmopolitan, city centre site with loads

of great places to meet, eat and shop
A modern, self-contained, greenfield site

with fantastic new facilities
An excellent range of accommodation

The impressive and newly refurbished
Boots Library and new roof garden
Campus has undergone significant

regeneration with a new central pavilion
building and teaching suite
An Employability Centre
Excellent accommodation on campus
Award-winning Students Union including

a 2,400 capacity evening venue, bars,
cafs, sports hall and gym
On-site facilities include the Students Union

bar, shop, cafs and library
A Global Lounge
The Hive centre for entrepreneurship and
enterprise
Top-class sports facilities at the Lee

Westwood Sports Centre
A Global Lounge
Award-winning Go2 Uni bus service taking
you right to the City site every eight minutes
Want a taste of NTU campus life?

Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/pgopendays to book on an open day.
22
The environment and

activities at NTU make for an
amazing student experience.
Carla Penhor de Menezes (Sao Tome and Principe)
LLM Oil, Gas and Mining Law
Brackenhurst campus
Home to around 1,000 students and
approximately 14 miles from the city centre
A beautiful countryside estate with
woodland, a lake and landscaped gardens
Excellent accommodation on campus
A fantastic new library
Home to around 600 animals of over 60
different species on our very own farm
Buses every 15-20 minutes throughout the
day heading from the campus straight into
the heart of the city, giving you the best of
both worlds
Accommodation
NTU has a fantastic range of University residences
across our three campuses. Our high-quality halls are
purpose-built or refurbished and specifically designed
for student living. All our accommodation offers you:
a choice of en suite or shared facilities;
great locations on, or near campus;
free Wi-Fi Internet;
utility bills included;
security; and
access to support.
We offer help with accommodation requirements to all
our students and, where possible, postgraduate
students are allocated accommodation along with
other postgraduate or more mature students. Our
studio-style rooms are particularly popular with
postgraduate students.
Contracts run throughout the academic year and
include the Christmas and Easter breaks, so you can
stay in your room during these holidays. Contracts of
44 and 51 weeks in length are available.
All of our accommodation is self-catered. We have
catering outlets on all three campuses, serving hot
meals and a wide range of sandwiches, drinks and
snacks.
Private rented accommodation

Some postgraduate students may prefer to live in
private-sector housing. Nottingham has a range of
competitively priced accommodation located in areas that
are either within walking distance or a short bus or tram ride
from the University campuses and the city centre. We work
closely with landlords to ensure our recommended houses
offer a safe and secure alternative to halls. We also run our
own lettings agency giving you access to excellent private
accommodation that is approved by the University.
You can search for accredited private accommodation on the
University website.
All international students who have accepted a place on a
full-time course at postgraduate level before 31 July are
guaranteed an offer of University-allocated accommodation
throughout their studies. Students must agree to stay in their
given accommodation for the length of the contract. This
guarantee only applies to single-person accommodation and
students with families should seek advice before coming to
the UK.
Many international students enjoy the flexibility of renting
private-sector accommodation. All private accommodation
advertised on our website has been accredited by Unipol.
The Universitys Student Accommodation Services can give
free and impartial advice about both accredited
private-sector and University accommodation.
Booking your accommodation

You can book your accommodation online, giving you
complete control over the residence, flat and room you want.
Once you accept your place at NTU, well send you an
accommodation brochure and information on how to book.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/accommodation to see all our accommodation online.

24
We offer a great range of accommodation in unrivalled locations. This page gives you an example
of whats available. Visit our website to see all of your options.
Byron Residence
Gill Street North
City site on campus

Find out more at www.ntu.ac.uk/byron
City site on campus

Find out more at www.ntu.ac.uk/gillst
Rooms Flat size En suite Disabled

access Cost per week

559
4-8, or
studio
Yes
Yes
143 148
422
4-8, or
studio
Yes
Yes
100 160
The Maltings
New Hall
City site 2.5 miles

Find out more at www.ntu.ac.uk/maltings
Clifton campus on campus

Find out more at www.ntu.ac.uk/newhall


266
5-10
No
No
95
Please note prices reflect 2015 entry and may be subject to change.
727
4-8, or
studio
Yes
Yes
137 153
Nottingham
With a student population of around 60,000, a rich history, plenty of green spaces and awardwinning nightlife, Nottingham has everything you could ever need. Its no wonder that so many
students stay here after they graduate!
Loving city life
A bit of culture
If you were asked to name something about

Nottingham, youd probably think of our fabled outlaw,
Robin Hood. Indeed, his statue takes pride of place
outside our famous castle in the heart of the city.
Nottingham today is a lively, multicultural place that
mixes this exciting history with a generous helping of
music, culture, sports, shopping and nightlife.
When youre all shopped out, relax in one of the citys

hundreds of cafs and bars, or take in a film, play or
exhibition. Its also home to two great theatres; the
Theatre Royal and Nottingham Playhouse.
Shopping heaven
Nottingham consistently ranks among the UKs top
shopping destinations. Major high street names sit
alongside designer boutiques, and the Lace Market,
once famous as the centre of the world's lace industry,
is now a protected heritage area with a thriving creative
community.
Nottingham is renowned for its thriving arts scene and

has some excellent independent cinemas and galleries,
including Nottingham Contemporary, one of the largest
art centres in the UK. The University is also a key partner
in the citys Creative Quarter. Centred around the historic
Lace Market and Hockley areas, it is a hotbed of culture
and home to many of the city's independent retailers,
bars and restaurants, small creative companies and artists.
Adventures in the great outdoors

Some of the worlds most beautiful countryside can be
found around Nottinghamshire. The legendary Sherwood
Forest, Rufford Abbey Country Park, and Clumber Park are
right on the citys doorstep, while the Peak District,
Britains first national park and the second most visited in
the world, is just a short drive or train ride away.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/nottingham to find out more.

26
The sporting life
A hub of entertainment
With more sporting facilities per head than any other

European city, Nottingham is a great place to play or
watch sport. The city has two Football League clubs
Nottingham Forest and Notts County and is also
home to the world-famous cricket ground, Trent Bridge.
Close to all three is the National Water Sports Centre
and the National Ice Stadium, where you can skate or
watch the Panthers ice hockey team.
Whatever your taste, Nottingham has something to

inspire and entertain. The citys vibrant nightlife has
won a Purple Flag Award for five years running,
recognising the clean, safe and fun environment that
makes Nottingham officially one of the best places to
go for a night out in Britain. Away from the range of
laid-back to super smart bars and clubs, there are a
fantastic array of restaurants to suit any budget and
some of the best live music venues in the region. The
Capital FM Arena, at the heart of the city, regularly
hosts some of the biggest bands and shows in the UK.
A historic city
Echoes of the citys history are everywhere. From
Nottingham Castle and nearby Ye Olde Trip to
Jerusalem supposedly the worlds oldest pub to
the ancient caves that run under the city. There are
also several stunning stately homes in and around
Nottingham, including Wollaton Hall and Newstead
Abbey, the ancestral home of the romantic poet,
Lord Byron.
Nottingham is ranked as the

third most cost effective city in
which to study in the UK.
(Natwest Student Living Index 2015)
Student life
Here at NTU we are committed to providing the best possible experience for our students, and that
doesnt just stop with the academic side of things. Alongside our Students Union, NTSU, we work
hard to bring you a wide range of social and personal development opportunities so you can enjoy
all the benefits of being a part of our student community.
Volunteering
Learn a new language
NTU offers many volunteering opportunities both in local

communities and across the globe, helping you to
develop essential skills that can support your studies and
enhance your employability. Opportunities range from
projects in local schools, charities and community groups,
to coaching football skills to kids in the poorest areas of
South Africa.
The ability to speak another language could open up

new opportunities in your career. At NTU you can learn a
language while youre studying, perfect for if youre
planning to go travelling after your studies, or want to
work abroad.
Music
You can get involved with several musical groups here at
NTU. These include two choirs, an orchestra, concert
band, brass and jazz ensembles. We put on a range of
events for the public in the city, the UK and across Europe
in conjunction with many internationally recognised
artists and orchestras. We also offer a range of
scholarships for talented musicians and provide
individual tuition in our dedicated Music Centre.
Student Mentors
Help out your fellow students by becoming an academic
mentor. Youll work with undergraduate students across
the University to help them develop their academic
writing, maths and study skills.
A world of opportunity
Were a multicultural university welcoming students
from different ethnic, linguistic and religious
backgrounds. We also have a large international
community here at NTU, so youll be sure to make
friends from all over the world.
Some of our postgraduate courses offer you the chance
to take part in an international trip, allowing you to
immerse yourself in a new culture, learn a language,
and make new friends and valuable contacts for your
future career. We have opened Global Lounges at the
City site and Clifton campus to provide information and
support on international opportunities in a welcoming
and vibrant setting. Every year we celebrate the rich
cultural diversity at NTU with Global Week, a festival
that provides you with a window to the world.
Get involved with as much as you can

at NTU. You won't regret it."
Taruni Goyal (India)
MA Fashion Design
28
Nottingham Trent Students Union
Societies
Going on to postgraduate study, you may feel that the

Students Union is not for you, but quite the opposite is
true. Nottingham Trent Students Union (NTSU), run by
students for students, is exactly where you can get the
break you need from the intensive study that a
postgraduate qualification needs, as well as enjoying
new experiences and enhancing your employability
along the way.
The Students Union provides more than just

entertainment and representation though; we also
deliver a wide range of activities to enhance your student
experience. There are over 70 societies to get involved
with, ranging from debating to juggling, and from
knitting to our very own radio station. Societies are a
great way to meet new friends with similar interests,
learn something new and get involved with the social
scene. Involvement in NTSU activities can also be
formally recognised on your academic achievement
transcript and is a great avenue for personal
development.
Representing your needs and views as a student is a

huge priority for the Students Union. This is why NTSU
campaigns on your behalf at a local and national level
to make sure your education and time spent in
Nottingham is the best it can be. And, if you need a bit
of extra support closer to home, our Information and
Advice Service offers free, confidential and impartial
advice to all NTU students. We also have a
Postgraduate Officer and a Student Parents Officer who
can help address your needs.
NTSU runs a varied programme of entertainment
throughout the year including intimate comedy
performances, cosy quiz nights, formal balls, high profile
gigs and some of the largest club nights in the Midlands.
NTSU was named Higher

Education Students Union of
the Year 2015.
(National Union of Students)
Raising and Giving (RAG)

As well as societies, you can get involved in RAG events.
Activities include fundraising challenges such as skydiving
or even climbing Mount Kilimanjaro for charity!
We also offer lots of additional employability initiatives
which can help boost your CV alongside your degree and
we provide recognition for your achievements through
our Leadership Award programme.
One of the best Students Union buildings in

the UK
Our City Students Union building has a 2,400 capacity
venue and features 1 million of light and sound
equipment. Complete with a large stage, its a fantastic
venue for live music and entertainment, while doubling as
a daytime bar. The leisure facilities include a sports hall
built to Sport England standards, a 100-station fitness
suite, a dance studio and an impressive 30ft climbing wall.
Go to www.trentstudents.org to find out more.

30
Sport
Your NTU experience will be packed with sporting opportunities and ways for you to keep active.
After all, exercise is the perfect complement to your studies. Whatever sport youre into, whatever
level youre at, you can do it here.
Excellent sport and fitness facilities
The Lee Westwood Sports Centre at Clifton campus and
the new City Sports Centre both boast impressive sport
and fitness facilities. Youll find 100-station gyms,
sports halls, fitness studios and a 30ft climbing wall as
well as outdoor sports pitches, courts and a sports
therapy suite.
Getting active
We have nearly 60 sports clubs for you to join, a wide
range of fitness classes, internal leagues, introductory
schemes and coaching courses. So whether you want
to play sport competitively, for fun, or youd rather take
a dance or yoga class theres something for everyone.
We also encourage volunteering in sport as well as
participating.
Keeping it competitive
We love healthy competition. Many of our students
take part in team and individual sports against other
universities as part of the British Universities and
Colleges Sports (BUCS) championships. Were not ones
to boast, but in recent seasons weve been league
winners at football, rugby league, rugby union, hockey,
table tennis and lacrosse, and come top in the BUCS
athletics, canoe slalom and snowboarding
championships. Weve also been crowned national
university cheerleading champions for the last two
years.
We also regularly compete against our friends at the

University of Nottingham, in Varsity, a series of sporting
clashes that showcase our student talent and raise
money for charity along the way.
NTU Sport Scholarships

We have a great reputation for supporting students
who compete at a high level in sport. NTU alumnus
Richard Hounslow took home a silver medal in canoeing
from the London 2012 Olympics and another two NTU
graduates, Crista Cullen and Hannah Macleod, helped
the Great Britain hockey team achieve a bronze medal.
We hope to see this sporting success continue through
the many current students and alumni aiming to
compete at Rio 2016.
We understand the dedication needed to succeed at
the highest level. Thats why we offer performance
lifestyle management, strength and conditioning
support as well as financial bursaries and scholarships to
those who compete, or have the potential to compete,
at the top of their sport.
NTU is regularly ranked in the

top 20 out of 150 universities
in the British Universities and
Colleges Sport (BUCS)
championships.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/sport to find out more.

32
Support
We want you to get the very most out of your time at NTU. Thats why our Student Support
Services teams are here to give you information and advice on a wide range of practical and
personal issues.
Here for you
Disability and dyslexia support
We want our postgraduate students to feel part of our

vibrant community, and we recognise that you may
have individual support requirements. We offer advice
on everything from finances and academic issues to
childcare. We have Student Services Centres located on
each campus and our specialist staff are available to
provide advice and guidance during the application
process and throughout your studies.
NTU provides an inclusive learning environment and we

work hard to make sure students with disabilities or
specific learning difficulties have access to the support
and facilities they need. If you have a disability, specific
learning difficulty or long-term health condition that
may require support or specific access arrangements,
we encourage you to tell us when you apply. This
information helps us to provide you with appropriate
advice and to make the right arrangements for you.
Health and wellbeing

We have health centres at our City site and Clifton
campus and close links with a GP practice near to the
Brackenhurst campus. We also have a range of
wellbeing service specialists available to assist students
with personal and emotional concerns and mental
health conditions, such as depression or anxiety.
The International Student Support Service is here to
help you settle into life in the UK and at NTU. Our
advisers can provide information and support on visas,
money matters, working in the UK and any academic or
personal issues.
Faith and spiritual support

In order to support you and your spiritual wellbeing,
we have a team of chaplains who provide a range of
activities and can help you to contact the religious
communities that can be found in Nottingham.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/studentsupport to find out more.

34
We have a large international community here at NTU, so youll be sure to make friends from all
over the world. If you need any advice on studying here, our International Development Office
staff are always happy to help youll find their contact details at the end of this section.
Entry requirements
Applying for a Tier 4 student visa
First, visit our website to check how your countrys

qualifications meet the entry requirements for our
courses. Next, check the entry requirements and English
language requirements of the specific degree course
youre interested in.
NTU is a highly trusted sponsor with the UK Visas and

Immigration Office (UKVI). If you need a visa to study
here, visit www.ntu.ac.uk/tier4 for help and support
with making a successful application.
English language requirements

If English isnt your first language, you need to show that
your language skills are strong enough for intensive
academic study. Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/englishlanguage
to find our language requirements and list of accepted
English language tests.
How to apply
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/apply to apply online for your
postgraduate course as early as you can. This is also
where you can apply for a PEAP course. On page 38
youll find advice and practical steps to help you
complete your application.
If youre applying for a pre-masters course, please
contact Nottingham Trent International College (NTIC)
directly.
If youre applying for a postgraduate research degree,
please turn to page 50.
If you receive a conditional offer for a course with us

you will need to meet all outstanding conditions at least
four weeks before the course start date to give you time
to complete your visa application.
NTU has a truly diverse

international student
community, with students and
staff from over 160 countries.
Getting in touch
International Development Office Team
Tel: +44 (0)115 848 8175
Email: international@ntu.ac.uk
Search NTU International
W
36
Pre-sessional English courses

If you dont meet our English language requirements,
we may offer you a place on the condition that you
successfully complete a Pre-sessional English for
Academic Purposes (PEAP) course at Nottingham
Language Centre before your study begins. The length
of the course will depend on your current level of
English. Please see the table below.
Your current level
NTU PEAP required to

meet IELTS 6.5
Pre-masters courses
If you do not meet the academic entry
requirements for your course, we offer a range
of pre-masters courses through our partner
organisation Nottingham Trent International
College (NTIC). These are in the following
subject areas: Business; Computing; Gallery,
Museum and Heritage Management;
International Relations; Journalism, Media and
Communications or Psychology and Public
Health. The College is on our City site and NTIC
students have access to all of the Universitys
facilities. You can then progress directly on to
many of the Universitys masters courses.
IELTS 4.0 with a minimum

of 4.0 in each skill
30 weeks

20 weeks

15 weeks
Nottingham Trent International College

Tel: +44 (0)20 7045 4925
Email: info@ntic.org.uk

10 weeks
www.ntic.org.uk

6 weeks
Getting in touch
Our language support doesnt end when your course

starts. You can get free language support classes
throughout your time at NTU including one-to-one help
with writing.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/international to find out more.

37
How to apply
Ready to join us? Just follow the steps outlined below to apply for a postgraduate or professional
taught course (full and part-time) at NTU.
You can apply throughout the year for most of our postgraduate and professional courses. However, they are
popular and can fill up quickly. We recommend that you choose your course and apply as early as you can.
Make sure you check the website for full entry requirements before you apply.
Step 1: Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/apply
Register as a new applicant to create your account on our
Applicant Portal.
Step 2: Fill out and submit your application online

You can apply for up to five courses per academic year.
Make sure you include as much information as possible,
including uploading evidence of results already achieved, as well
as a personal statement. Check the entry requirements for your
specific course carefully we may require information about
your work and life experiences.
Step 3: Check your emails

Add @ntu.ac.uk to your email safe senders list and check your
emails regularly. Well be sending you updates throughout the
application process. You can also log into the Applicant Portal
and track the progress of your application. Please allow at least
two weeks for an initial response.
Step 4: Check your offer

If your application is successful, you will receive either an
unconditional or conditional offer of admission.
Unconditional Offer: An offer where you have already
satisfied the criteria and can have a place on the course
subject to accepting the offer in good time.
Conditional Offer: An offer whereby you must fulfil certain
criteria (e.g. providing evidence of qualifications, achieving
grades) before you can be accepted on the course.
If you have applied for more than one course you will receive a
separate decision for each course.
38
Step 5: Accept your offer

As soon as you receive your offer, review it and accept it.
By accepting your offer you are not bound to join the course, however, you
will have reserved a place on the course subject to meeting any outstanding
conditions.
Please note that as the competition for many of our courses is high, you must
accept your offer through the Applicant Portal within four weeks or your offer
may lapse. After eight weeks your offer will be automatically withdrawn.
Step 6: Meet your conditions (if you have any)

Upload all documents required to meet any conditions of your offer using
the My Documents section of the Applicant Portal. These include
qualification transcripts and certificates.
Please note that you may be required to present your original documents
on arrival at NTU before you are able to fully complete your enrolment.
Primary, secondary and School Direct postgraduate

teacher-training courses
For postgraduate primary, secondary and School Direct courses, applications
should be made through UCAS Teacher Training (UTT): www.ucas.com
Postgraduate Law courses

Applications for the full-time Legal Practice Course (LPC) and the full-time
Graduate Diploma in Law (GDL) are made directly to the Central
Applications Board. Apply online at: www.lawcabs.ac.uk
Applications for the Bar Professional Training Course (BPTC) are made online
through a centralised system operated by BPTC providers. It is anticipated
that first round applications will open in November 2015 and close in
January 2016. Apply online at: www.barsas.com
What are we looking for?

Most courses specify minimum entry requirements, but applicants are
assessed individually for their ability to benefit from the course. Places may
be offered on the basis of non-standard entry qualifications, and industrial or
professional experience.
Research degrees
To apply for a research degree (MPhil, PhD and Professional Doctorates)
please see page 50.
Getting in touch
If you need any further help or information or have any accessibility
issues using the Applicant Portal, please call our Admissions Team on
+44 (0)115 848 4200.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses to see the latest entry requirements.

39
40
Your guide to our courses

In the next section of this prospectus you will find information on all of our courses, listed by
academic School. If youre not sure which School a course is in then take a look at our index on
pages 258 265, where all the courses are listed alphabetically by subject area.
Fact file
The course fact file will give you all the basics
about your course including entry
requirements, length and the campus at
which you will study.
Modules include
This section lists some of the modules
covered on your course. For a full list, make
sure you check the online course entry.
Career development
This section gives you information about
how the course can help you progress in
your chosen career. It also gives examples
of positions previous graduates have gone
on to hold.
Accreditation
Here you will find the logo of any
professional organisations that certify the
course and any accreditations you can
achieve upon graduation.
Icons
CITY
You will have a chance to take part in a study abroad

scheme, international visit, or other opportunities.
You will study at our City site.
You can undertake a placement or internship on

this course.
CLIFTON You will study at our Clifton campus.
An online learning route is available on this course.

BRACK You will study at our Brackenhurst campus.
A distance learning option is available on this course.
Our prospectus gives you a flavour of each course.

Visit our online course entries at www.ntu.ac.uk/courses for full details.
41
7400_Grad_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:17 Page 1
Graduate School
7400_Grad_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:18 Page 2
At NTU we create strong relationships that enable discovery, drive innovation, and
change both the world and ourselves. The Graduate School provides a supportive
environment and a thriving research culture that encourages you to reach your full
potential as a research degree student.
Why choose NTU?

Receive excellent support through your supervisory
team and the Graduate School.
Develop additional transferable skills through
engagement with our postgraduate researcher
development programme.
Access outstanding facilities and dedicated
workspaces.
Participate in research seminars, conferences and
networks, either within NTU or externally.
Research is central to our

strategic plan: creating
opportunity, valuing ideas,
enriching society, connecting
globally and empowering people.
Support and guidance

Your main source of advice and support will be your
own doctoral supervisory team, which will include a
director of studies and at least one other supervisor.
This team will be selected based on their experience in
your chosen area of study or their background in
relevant practice.
The Graduate School Team will also support you
throughout your studies. Our dedicated team will offer
advice and guidance for your initial enquiry and
application and introduce you to the University and to
your supervisory team.
Researcher development
We believe in developing our research degree students
to become excellent researchers in their chosen field, as
well as equipping you with the wider skills that will
benefit you in the future.
Our programme for postgraduate researcher
development is based around the key elements of
Vitaes Researcher Development Framework which aims
to develop world-class researchers, and draws upon our
own experience of supporting research degree students.
The programme will help to get you started on your
individual research project, review and refine your
research approaches over the course of your studies,
and provide you with the support needed to prepare for
the completion of your project within the appropriate
time frame.
We will also help you to develop wider skills that will
benefit your future career, for example participating in
research seminars, conferences and external networks.
There may be opportunities to teach undergraduate
students or supervise laboratory work. You may also
choose to take part in the Introduction to Learning and
Teaching in Higher Education training programme.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk and type in Graduate for more information about

research degrees.
43
7400_Grad_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:18 Page 3
Be part of our research

Our research aims to change lives and benefit society. As a research student you will contribute to
the global impact of our research.
The following list and case studies give an idea of the focus of research activity in each of our
Schools. Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/research to find out more about our research activity and the staff
in each area.
Accountancy and Finance
School of Architecture, Design

and the Built Environment
School of Science and

Technology
Economics
Digital Architecture
Human Resource Management
Light and Lighting in Architecture
Marketing
Heritage and Memory in

Architecture
Biomedical Sciences, including:

Biochemistry; Biological Sciences;
Bioinformatics; Biotechnology;
Biomathematics; Immunology;
Microbiology; Medicinal
Chemistry; and Pharmacology
Management
Entrepreneurship and Innovation
Corporate Social Responsibility
Supply Chains
Sustainable Architecture
Identity in Architecture
Kinetic Structures
Retailing
History and Heritage of Shell

Structures
Legal Education
Advanced Textiles
Business and Insolvency Law

Conflict, Rights and Justice
Fashion Marketing and

Communications
Advocacy
Art Research
Sports Law
Creative Textiles (including)
Cancer Biology, including within

our John van Geest Cancer
Research Centre
Physical Sciences including all
areas of Chemistry, Physics
(Experimental and
Computational) and
Mathematics (Pure and Applied,
and Engineering Mathematics)
Engineering and Materials
(Biomaterials, Smart and
Functional Materials)
Health Law
- Global Cultures
Computer Science and

Informatics
Intellectual Property
- Digital Craft and Embodied

Knowledge
Sport and Exercise Science
Mediation
- Lace Heritage
School of Animal, Rural and

Environmental Sciences
Sustainability of Managed
Animals (Wild, Domestic and
Production)
Environmental Sustainability
Equestrian and Canine Sports
Performance

Communication
Culture and Media Studies
English
Pedagogy in Science

Politics and International
Relations
Psychology
French
Social Work and Professional

Practice
History
Sociology
School of Education
Education Theory, Policy and
Practice
Pedagogy, Technology and
Learning
Education and Social Justice
Learning, Teaching and
Assessment

research degrees.
44
7400_Grad_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:18 Page 4
The closer to danger the better

Firefighters do one of the most dangerous jobs imaginable, and one of the most
important. Every extra second saved on the way to an incident could mean another
life saved, which is why the work of Nottingham Trent Universitys Pete Murphy and
his team is having such an impact. Pete led a review of the assessment of risks for
Fire and Rescue Services and created a new model which helps determine where
and how fire services should be deployed to respond to emergencies. His approach
has now been adopted nationally and internationally, leading to more rapid and
effective response times, helping firefighters to save more lives every year.
7400_Grad_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:18 Page 5
Taking Mother Nature on at her own game

Water might be essential for life, but it can cause its fair share of problems too. Keeping
water out is a serious business, and its something that researchers at Nottingham Trent
University excel in. Theyve studied nature to find new smart materials that repel water
better than anything else. The materials are already being used in everything from
raincoats to sailing boats, and even in artificial gills and underwater breathing apparatus.
7400_Grad_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:18 Page 6
Creating an equal Europe

The relationship between gender and politics has shifted greatly as modern Europe has
developed around us. Understanding how policy decisions intersect with womens
experiences across the continent is central to the pioneering work of NTUs Professor
Gill Allwood. Considering issues including abortion, prostitution and same-sex marriage,
Gills research informs areas of national and European Union policy, such as migration and
international development, helping to create a fairer future for us all.
7400_Grad_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:18 Page 7
Be part of our research

Entry requirements
MPhil and PhD
Applicants should normally have a
minimum of a first or upper
second-class honours degree or a
masters degree in a relevant
discipline. A period of pre-PhD
study is required for some subjects
before entry to a PhD.
Professional Doctorates
Our Professional Doctorates are designed for those in professional
practice, giving you the opportunity to deepen your understanding
and engagement within your profession. These are studied part-time.
We offer the following Professional Doctorates:
Doctor of Business Administration (DBA) .........................See page 54
Doctor of Legal Practice............................................................See page 101
Doctor of Architecture...............................................................See page 133
Applicants for part-time study

within Business, Social Science, Law,
Education, Art and Design, and
Architecture, Design and the Built
Environment should consult the
Graduate School about whether a
traditional PhD or a ProfD
(Professional Doctorate) is most
appropriate.
The minimum English language
proficiency requirement for
international applicants is IELTS 6.5
(with a minimum of 6.0 in all skills).
Applicants who have taken a higher
degree at a UK university are
normally exempt from this
requirement.
Doctor of Design..........................................................................See page 133

Doctor of Engineering ...............................................................See page 133
Doctor of Engineering in Civil Engineering.......................See page 133
Doctor of Engineering in Construction
Management ................................................................................See page 133
Doctor of Real Estate .................................................................See page 133
Doctor of Digital Media ............................................................See page 154
Doctor of Fashion Industry......................................................See page 154
Doctor of Fine Art........................................................................See page 154
Doctor of Education ...................................................................See page 193
Doctor of Psychology in Forensic Psychology
(minimum 2.5 year course).....................................................See page 247
Doctor of Social Practice...........................................................See page 257
Entry requirements
Research degree start
dates
Entry requirements vary slightly between courses. Please check

the specific course page of the degree youre interested in for
more details.
You can start your research

degree on one of four start
dates throughout the year.
The start dates for 2015/16
are:
1 October
5 January
1 April
27 June
Visit the website for 2016/17
start dates.

research degrees.
48
7400_Grad_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:18 Page 8
Ammar Irhoma
PhD Product Design
The staff are really friendly, approachable and supportive.
Im talking about academic staff and staff at the Graduate
School and Student Services, they have been really supportive.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/ammarirhoma to hear more about
Ammars experience.
7400_Grad_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:18 Page 9
How to apply
Before applying you may wish to explore the Research area of the University website in order to
identify academic staff, research areas or projects that interest you.
Step 1: Complete an application form
You can download an application form and notes for completing the form from our website at: www.ntu.ac.uk/graduateschool
Include your personal details and information about your qualifications, employment and any research training or experience
you may already have. You will also need to identify your source of funding (e.g. self-funded or Government-sponsored).
Please note that if you are accepted onto a postgraduate research programme, you will be required to provide
documentary evidence of your qualifications before you enrol.
Step 2: The research proposal

MPhil or PhD
Professional Doctorate
If you are applying for an MPhil or PhD (except for those

applying to the Schools of Science and Technology, and
Animal, Rural and Environmental Sciences) you will need
to produce a 1,000-2,000 word statement describing:
Applicants are requested to include a short statement

about their proposed project. For example, this might
include:
the subject you wish to research;

the question(s) you wish to investigate;
the topic or area to be investigated and how this is

linked to your own professional practice;
why it interests you;
the research question(s) or problem to be addressed;
how you propose to research it;
the methods and techniques to be used in the research

and your previous experience of using these methods;
how your proposed project relates to other work in the

field; and
how you think your project might contribute to
understanding of your subject.
Please also include an outline timetable and a bibliography.
Applicants for MPhil or PhD in Science and Technology or
Animal, Rural and Environmental Sciences should instead
submit a short statement (no more than one side of A4)
outlining the research area or topic that you wish to
study, and identifying a potential supervisor (if known) at
NTU that you would like to work with. Final agreement
on the research project will be reached before an offer of
a place at NTU is made. If you are applying for a
studentship, please follow the given advice.
provisional title;
a brief bibliography of any sources you have already

consulted or identified as relevant; and
how your proposed project might relate to existing
discussion, debate, research or literature.
The requirements may vary slightly between courses.
Please ensure you check the page of the course youre
interested in before applying.
Step 3: Provide appropriate references

You will need to give details of two people who are familiar with your academic development. For example these could
be tutors who have taught you during your undergraduate or masters degree (but not your proposed supervisor).
Step 4: Email your application to gradschool@ntu.ac.uk

If you are applying for the DBA, please contact the Graduate School in the first instance. Tel: +44 (0)115 848 8088
Email: gradschool@ntu.ac.uk

research degrees.
50
7400_Grad_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:18 Page 10
Funding
Funding for your research project may be available from the University or through external sources
such as research councils, government agencies, charities and industry.
NTU PhD Studentships
As part of our commitment to research excellence, we
offer a number of studentships each year. These
studentships may also offer additional development
opportunities for exceptional students. These are
normally announced in the autumn:
www.ntu.ac.uk/studentships
Grant-funded PhD Studentships

We offer other funded studentships throughout the
year. These are advertised on the Graduate School
website.
Midlands3Cities
The University is part of the Midlands3Cities Doctoral
Training Partnership funded by the AHRC. Through this
scheme 410 PhD studentships will be offered to
excellent PhD students in the arts and humanities over
a five-year period.
Research Councils
Public funding for research students in the UK is mainly
provided by Research Councils. Most make awards
directly to the University rather than individual students.
You can find out more about accessing opportunities
funded by research councils on our website.
We currently have students working on projects funded

by the Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC),
the Biotechnology and Biological Sciences Research
Council (BBSRC) and the Engineering and Physical
Sciences Research Council (EPSRC).
Other funding opportunities

Other funding may be available from a variety of
external organisations including governmental
agencies, charities and industry. Further information
about funding can also be found on the following
websites:
www.prospects.ac.uk/postgraduate
www.scholarship-search.org.uk
University Alliance Doctoral Training Alliance

NTU is part of the Doctoral Training Alliance (DTA) in
Applied Biosciences for Health, a new postgraduate
training initiative from University Alliance. The first DTA
offers a fully-funded postgraduate programme in
Applied Biosciences for Health. Doctoral students will
gain access to excellent research, an expert support
network, and improved employment opportunities.
51
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:39 Page 1
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 2
At Nottingham Business School, our teaching and research combines academic

excellence with a powerful and positive impact on business and society.
Everybodys ambitions are different and we are here to give you the skills,
strategies and experience to take your career in whatever direction you choose.
Accreditations
As a School we are members of some of the
industrys leading professional bodies and are
proud to have accreditation and approval for
many of our courses.
Why choose Nottingham Business School?

We are the place for you to progress further and
faster in your career as a University, we have an
excellent employability rate, with 94% of our
postgraduates being employed or in further
education six months after graduating.
With us you will shape your own qualification,
developing the valuable, high-level skills needed
to become a leader in your field. Our courses are
carefully structured to give you strong core skills,
expertise in more specialist areas and valuable
hands-on experience.
With one of the largest, most diverse teaching
faculties of any UK business school, we offer you
a world of business insights, perspectives and
experiences. Our carefully selected, academic staff
are internationally recognised teachers, researchers,
business leaders and innovators in their field.
Our teaching and research addresses the challenges
faced by both UK and international business
organisations. Our graduates are capable of
working anywhere in the world, taking highly
sought after skills with them.
Facilities
Nottingham Business School is located in the
state-of-the-art Newton building, with dedicated areas
for our postgraduate and professional students to study,
relax and socialise. There are a number of collaborative
working areas, meeting and social spaces, as well as a
computer suite and Wi-Fi access.
The School is a member of a range of leading

organisations such as the European Foundation
for Management and Development (EFMD),
Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of
Business (AACSB), Chartered Association of
Business Schools (CABS), Confederation of British
Industry (CBI), European Universities Association
(EUA), The Academy of Business in Society
(ABIS) and the Drucker Society.
Our MSc Management courses are accredited
by the Chartered Management Institute (CMI).
The MSc Marketing, MSc Branding and
Advertising and MSc Digital Marketing courses
are accredited by The Chartered Institute of
Marketing (CIM). Our MSc Human Resource
Management course is accredited by the
Chartered Institute of Personnel Development
(CIPD).
We are also an approved CIM study centre and
an approved provider of Chartered Institute of
Personnel and Development (CIPD)
qualifications.
Our accreditations show that we are driving best
practice within key subjects. They give you
access to a whole range of resources and enable
you to gain several sought-after professional
qualifications.
More information at www.ntu.ac.uk/nbs

53
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 3
DBA
Doctor of Business Administration

Our Doctor of Business Administration (DBA) has the equivalent academic standing of a PhD.
It has a strong and committed focus on managerial and professional practice, and seeks to link the
rigorous study of work-based problems and issues to personal and professional development.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
MPhil, MBA or masters-level
degree in Business,
Management or Organisation
Studies;
Work experience in a role that
includes the practice or
observation of managerial
responsibilities; and
The ability to conduct
research and write a thesis at
doctoral level.
Applicants with non-standard
entry qualifications and / or
relevant experience will be
considered on an individual
basis.
English language requirements:
IELTS 6.5 (with a minimum of
6.0 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study options:
Four years part-time (starts
September, February)
Fees: www.ntu.ac.uk/nbspgfees
The Nottingham Business School

DBA demands commitment,
energy and hard work. In return,
you will have a stimulating and
life-enhancing development
experience and the award of a
highly valued qualification.
This course will provide you

with:
a differentiated approach to
continuous personal and
professional development;
the opportunity to really engage
with managerial and professional
practices;
a stimulating learning
environment, challenging
traditional management
understanding; and
a supportive research
community.
Study methods and

assessment
The delivery of the DBA has been
specifically designed to meet the
needs of participants in demanding
jobs. You will be required to attend
six workshops over the first three
years of the course and you will
submit four documents for
assessment during the four years.
The course culminates with the
submission of a 50,000 to 60,000
word thesis.
Career development
Successful graduates have gone on
to senior level roles within both
multinational and national
organisations including roles such
as CEO, managing director and
finance director. Many also move
on to senior academic roles.
Modules
Introduction to the DBA and
Project Scoping
Introduction to the Literature
Review and Conceptual
Development
Induction to Research
Methodology
Advanced Literature Review
For full entry requirements,

please refer to our website.
See page 50 for more
information on how to apply.
Advanced Methodology
Reflection, Impact, Academic
Writing, Submission and the Viva
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/pgdba to watch our DBA

course video.
CITY
54
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type DBA and

select Postgraduate and Professional to find out more.
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 4
MBA
Master of Business Administration

The Nottingham Business School MBA prepares managers for senior strategic roles by making
them more informed in all areas of business administration.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Our full-time MBA will engage you

with the latest management
thinking and develop your
knowledge across core subjects.
2.1 honours degree; and

Three years work experience
in a related role, preferably
five.
basis.
The experiential and applied nature

of our MBA provides the
opportunity to work with
companies within the UK and
abroad through the consultancy
projects and business project /
dissertation.
Strategic Marketing
Global Strategic Management
Public Sector Management
Managing Creativity, Design and
Innovation
Corporate Governance
Corporate Finance
Global Supply Chain
Management
Modules
Contemporary Issues in Human

Resource Management (HRM)
The course has four stages:
Consultancy projects include:

5.5 in each skill)
Stage One: Academic and

Management Induction
Programme
Other requirements:
Academic and vocational
references; and
Interview.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Stage Two: Core modules which

include:
Responsible and Sustainable
Business
Managing the Strategy
Dimension
Managing the Marketing
Dimension
Managing Information and
Knowledge Dimension
Managing the People Dimension
Managing the Financial
Dimension
Managing the Economic
Dimension
Managing the Operations
Dimension
Business Research Methods
Specialist career
development
programmes support
you throughout the
course.
Stage Three: Elective modules and

two consultancy projects.
Electives may include:
Entrepreneurship New Venture
Creation
The Team Consultancy Project in

the UK
The International Consultancy
Project in global locations
The two team-based consultancy
projects allow you to build on the
knowledge and skills developed
during the course.
Stage Four: The full-time MBA
culminates with an in-depth
business project or dissertation and
a reflective journal on your
development during the course.
Study methods and

assessment
The full-time MBA is a modular
course with core and elective
modules spread throughout the
year. Face-to-face teaching is
combined with group work, directed
study and tutor support.
Career development
We will help you to develop your
career potential and support you as
you determine the right career
path, develop a job search strategy,
reassess your career objectives, and
identify career options and job
opportunities.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type MBA and select

Postgraduate and Professional to find out more.
CITY
55
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 5
Create a unique full-time masters course

The structure of our full-time masters courses will enable you to create a personalised learning
experience. Whether you want to manage a global supply chain, create instantly recognisable
branding or set up your own business, you can create a unique qualification that sets you on your way.
Our courses are carefully structured to give you strong core skills, expertise in more specialist areas
and valuable hands-on experience.
During the first term you will develop strong core knowledge, while in the second term you will have
the opportunity to select a specialism of your choice, or for MSc International Business students,
to study overseas with one of our partner universities.
Major project
In the final term you will take on a major project*, giving you a fantastic opportunity to use the theories and
knowledge you have gained to produce a challenging, meaningful piece of work. Depending on your course,
this might include:
Consultancy Experience Project
Business Research Project
Working as part of a team, you will undertake

focused research, developing your professional skills,
managing a complex project and delivering results in
a real business situation.
This project is a more traditional piece of

independent research, involving an academic
research paper, presentation and methodological
reflection. Because we believe experiential learning
is so important, this is only available to students with
significant prior work experience or a desire to
progress to a PhD.
Internship Experience Project

On an internship of 12 weeks or more, you will apply
the theories you have learnt to a substantial, live
project. This will involve focused research,
developing skills, managing a complex project and
delivering results in a real business situation.
Global Experience Project

This exciting project gives you the opportunity to
travel overseas to attend a summer school at one of
our partner institutions.
Entrepreneurship Experience Project

This project gets to the heart of the MSc
Entrepreneurship degree, enabling you to begin
setting up a new venture and attracting finance.
Develop professionally
Placement year opportunities
Depending on your chosen course, you may be able to add a years work
placement, making your masters a two year course. It is a great way to put
your learning into practice and gain valuable real-world experience to boost
your career.**
Academic and professional skills modules

As well as your core, specialist and project-based modules, your masters
includes an Academic, Professional and Career Development (APCD)
module.*** Running throughout the year, it boosts your employability by
focusing on research and data skills, effective practice and professional and
career development.
*The major project is not available to those

on the MSc Human Resources
Management course (full-time).
**If you are on our MSc International
Business, MSc International Business
(Dual Award) or MSc Human Resource
Management (full-time), you will
be unable to add a years work placement
to your course.
***If you are on our MSc Entrepreneurship
course, you will take Academic, Professional
and Entrepreneurial Skills (APED) instead,
developing your entrepreneurial skills by
supporting a social enterprise.
Find more information at www.ntu.ac.uk/uniquefulltimemasters

56
7400_NBS_Layout 1 05/10/2015 10:21 Page 6
Sarvarbek Salimov
MSc Management and International Business
Nottingham Business School pays a great deal of
attention to its postgraduate students. They organised
lots of educational events and have summer school
opportunities at partner universities in Europe.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/sarvarbeksalimov to read more
about Sarvarbeks experience.
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 7
MSc
Management courses
Our MSc Management courses are aimed at ambitious students from all academic disciplines who
want to be talented leaders and managers. In this high-performance course, you will have a
number of opportunities to put your learning into practice, as well as benefiting from our Dual
Award with the Chartered Management Institute (CMI).
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
You will begin your studies by

examining the role of the individual
manager, exploring management
at an organisational level and
considering the strategic contexts
in which managers operate. You
will then have the opportunity to
complete the general MSc
Management course or personalise
your learning by taking on one of
our tailored degree paths.
Each course gives you a grounding
in key functional areas of business,
as well as how they are effectively
integrated in global organisations.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
MSc Management, MSc
Management and Finance, MSc
Management and International
Business and MSc Management
and Marketing also have a
January start.
Two years with a placement

(starts September)
Work placement opportunity

You may be able to add a years
work placement, making your
master's a two year course. It is
a great way to put your learning
into practice and gain valuable
real-world experience to boost your
career.
Core modules

Term One

Managing in Organisations
Contexts of Management
Our partnership with the Chartered

Management Institute (CMI) means
that you will benefit from student
membership for the duration of your
course. When you graduate, you will not
only receive an MSc Management, but
also the CMI Level 7 Diploma in
Management and Leadership.
Term Two
Three further core Management
modules or three modules from
one of the specialist paths.
Term Three
Academic, Professional and
Career Development (APCD)
Course specific modules can
be found on pages 59 and 60.
CITY
58
Major project
In Term Three, you will get the
opportunity to apply your
knowledge and skills to a real-world
setting, conducting a major project
of your choice. See page 56 for
further information.
Study methods and

assessment
Teaching and learning methods are
centred around interactive
workshops which are highly
participative in nature, and will
employ case studies, discussions,
business simulations and group
activities.
Assessment methods include
presentations, group work,
management reports, and
examinations.
Career development
Graduate destinations from this
course have included senior
management positions around the
world, marketing and operational
managers, planning analysts,
consultants, and CEOs. Some
students join graduate
management trainee programmes
and some have been offered jobs
with the company for which they
completed their consultancy project.
These organisations include E.ON,
IBM, Ernst and Young, Capital One,
Accenture, NHS Trust, HSBC, CISCO,
Rolls-Royce and Fossil Inc.
Study one year

full-time or over two
years incorporating
a placement year.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Management

and select Postgraduate and Professional to find out more.
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 8
MSc
Management
Our pure Management course develops a deeper understanding of the
central principles of management. It is particularly suitable if this is your
first management qualification, or you havent yet decided on a specialist
area. In your second term you will engage with relevant and emerging
management concerns, including managing across cultures. You will also
explore organisational innovation and entrepreneurial thinking, as well as
refining your critical understanding of management theory.
Term Two modules:

International Human Resource
Management
Innovation, Creativity and
Entrepreneurial Ingenuity
Contemporary Management
Studies
MSc
Management and Innovation and Enterprise

This course supports you through the process of creating a powerful value
proposition for a new enterprise and taking it global. Innovation is the
heart of any new proposition, so you will start by developing your
understanding of contemporary innovation, its value, development and
protection. Building on this, you will experience international
entrepreneurial decision-making through an intensive four-week project,
developing a business case for taking a product into a different market.
Term Two modules:

Uncap Creativity and Innovation
Value Chains: Resources and
Partnerships
International Experience
MSc
Management and Finance

This course explores the global financial marketplace, including its structure,
participants, regulatory functions and their role in society. It then
focuses on the analysis of financial statements to improve management
decision-making, as well as the role of ethics and sustainability. You will
consider key aspects of the financial management of corporations in
a multinational environment. This will help you develop a detailed
understanding of key finance theories, as well as strong critical analysis skills.
Term Two modules:

Global Financial Markets
Financial Statement Analysis
Corporate Finance
MSc
Management and Global Supply Chain Management

This course is designed to prepare you for a career in global supply chain
management. It begins by exploring the management of operations at a
strategic level, before developing your understanding of the global supply
chain and how organisations within it perform in relation to one another.
You will also undertake analysis with realistic data, tackling the type of
questions you might face in an operations or global supply chain
environment and building valuable practical skills.
Term Two modules:

Strategic Operations
Global Supply Chain
Management
Data for Operations
Decision-Making

CITY
59
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 9
MSc
Management and International Business

This course explores how to manage effectively in increasingly global
work environments. It builds the powerful, practical skills you need to deal
with the problems faced by managers working internationally. You will
develop a strong understanding of the global supply chain, as well as
how organisations within it perform in relation to one another.
An experience-based module also gives you the opportunity to work abroad,
developing skills and experience of operating in an overseas context.
Term Two modules:

International Human Resource
Management
Global Supply Chain
Management
International Experience
MSc
Management and Marketing

Our Management and Marketing course gives you a deep understanding of
the fundamental issues behind marketing practice. You will explore the
marketing planning process, marketing concepts and debates. Building on
this, you will examine strategic marketing issues and contemporary practice,
taking a holistic view of how organisations respond to an ever-changing
global environment. This includes understanding how marketing operates
not just in a consumer-facing context, but also in business-to-business and
not-for-profit contexts.
Term Two modules:

Principles of Marketing
The Customer Experience
Strategic Perspectives and the
Global Environment
MSc
Management and International Publishing

This course explores the strategies behind the publishing industry and its
marketing. You will analyse stakeholder and public interests, evaluate
mergers and acquisitions and consider the influential role of technology.
You will gain a practical introduction to digital publishing, developing your
understanding of its capabilities and what makes a successful digital
publishing proposal. Finally, you will learn about the global publishing
market, examining international publishing laws, copyright, moral right,
authorship and ownership.
CITY
60
Term Two modules:

International Marketing and
Strategic Management in
Publishing
Digital Publishing
International Publishing Law

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 10
Elizabeth Farrier-Williams
MSc Management and Marketing
One thing you get here, which I think you dont
get anywhere else is, the relationship with tutors.
They are always free and open to talk to you.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/elizabethfarrierwilliams
to hear more about Elizabeths experience.
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 11
MSc
Economics
Our MSc Economics course gives you an in-depth understanding of economic theory and will equip
you with essential analytical techniques. You will be able to form your own opinion of issues and
policies, and have the ability to apply theoretical insights and distinctive specialist techniques to
real-life economic problems. The ability to specialise through our pure economics course or our
investment banking course will open up a wide range of career paths.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree in a
related subject.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
This course is designed for students

with successful study experience
of undergraduate economics.
It features a comprehensive
grounding in economic theory,
and you will learn to use theoretical
insights to evaluate a range of
issues faced by the Government,
and finance and business
environments. You will work with
the latest economic theories and
methods of analysis, including the
use of quantitative data.
Study options:
One year full-time

(starts September)

masters a two-year course. It is a
great way to put your learning into
practice and gain valuable real-world
experience to boost your career.

(starts September)

Study methods and

assessment
participative in nature and will
activities.
extended written reports, essays,
individual and group projects and
presentations.

Modules
Applying Economic Theory
Career development

Using Quantitative Data in

Economic Analysis
Graduates of this course will be

equipped to work in a diverse range
of organisations, including
Government, financial institutions,
research organisations, consultancy
firms and similar international
organisations.
Contemporary Issues in
Economics
International Trade and
Investment
Economic Evaluation Techniques
Economic Analysis of Global
Issues
Study one year

years incorporating
a placement year.
CITY
62
Major project
Graduates could find themselves

working in information generation,
consultancy and planning roles.
Successful graduates have gone on
to senior roles, working for E.ON, GE
Capital and Rolls-Royce. The course
also provides a foundation for those
seeking eventual enrolment onto a
PhD programme.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Economics and

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 12
MSc
Economics and Investment Banking

This course will provide you with a robust understanding of financial economics, financial market
behaviour and financial market participants such as investment banks. You will work hands-on with
financial tools and techniques, including our state-of the-art Trading Room. You will learn how to
assess investment opportunities, understand the economic fundamentals underlying financial
markets and evaluate financial portfolios.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
(starts September)
Building on your previous

undergraduate knowledge, this
course will provide you with the
theoretical understanding and
practical skills to progress your
career in a challenging and
rewarding role. You will gain a
rigorous grounding in economic
theory and learn to use theoretical
insights to evaluate a range of
issues in financial economics in an
applied manner.
This course is aimed at students
with a background in economics
who wish to enter a career in
investment banking or a related
field.

masters a two-year course.
Its a great way to put your
learning into practice and gain
valuable real-world experience to
boost your career.
Modules
Applying Economic Theory
Using Quantitative Data in
Economic Analysis
Contemporary Issues in
Economics
Major project
Study methods and

assessment
activities.
individual and group projects and
presentations.
Career development
The theoretical insights and
analytical skills gained on this
course will equip you for careers
associated with the analytical side
of financial economics. These
include investment banking and
fund management, and policy
evaluations in private and public
sector institutions.
Valuation of Investment
Products
Derivatives Markets
Study one year

years incorporating
a placement year.
Investment and Portfolio

Management
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Economics and

CITY
63
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 13
MSc
Finance
This course is designed for ambitious individuals with quantitative abilities but not necessarily a
finance related degree who are seeking a career in finance. It features established models and
techniques of financial analysis, which will be applied to various financial issues, products and
international markets.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject; and
GCSE Maths grade B.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September, January)
(starts September)
You will work hands-on with

financial tools and techniques,
including our state-of the-art
Trading Room and have the chance
to specialise through our finance,
finance and accounting and
investment banking courses.
Modules
Corporate Finance
Financial Modelling
Risk Management
Our Finance course gives you a

more in-depth understanding of
core financial concepts, theories
and tools used in a wide variety of
organisations worldwide. This
includes financial mathematics,
model building, risk management
and mergers and acquisitions. You
will explore the operation of
markets, their major participants
and the regulatory environment,
as well as building a firm
understanding of corporate finance,
basic accounting and financial
analysis.

masters a two-year course. It is
real-world experience to boost
your career.
Corporate Restructuring
Major project
Study methods and

assessment
activities.
individual and group projects, and
presentations.
Career development
Study one year

years incorporating
a placement year.
CITY
64
You could go into a range of

finance-related areas, including
central banking, corporate finance
or international finance, taking on
roles like financial manager,
financial analyst or financial
adviser.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Finance and

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 14
MSc
Finance and Accounting

This course is designed to build upon your first degree in Accounting. Its focus is on developing
your understanding by applying theories to practice, covering the subjects that will enable you to
complete your professional body entrance exams and progress your career.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree in
Accounting and Finance.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
This course is aimed at those

holding an accounting degree and
who have obtained exemptions
from professional body
examinations up to the final /
professional stage. It covers the
theoretical aspects of corporate
governance, strategic
management, and accounting and
comparative corporate reporting.
You will then learn how to apply this
theory within the field of
accountancy and finance.
Study options:
One year full-time

(starts September)

masters a two-year course.
Its a great way to put your
learning into practice and gain
valuable real-world experience to
boost your career.

(starts September)
Major project
Study methods and

assessment
activities.
extended written reports, exams,
essays, individual and group
projects, and presentations.
Modules
Career development
Graduates from this course have

taken up positions with one of the
top four accounting practices, in
consultancy, tax and as trainee
auditors. Other career options
include strategic management
accounting, financial analysis or
related fields in the financial sector.
This may include corporate finance,
investment and portfolio
management, international
finance, central banking or
consultancy.

Corporate Finance
Corporate Governance and
Accountability
Strategic Management and
Accounting
Comparative Corporate
Reporting
Study one year

years incorporating
a placement year.

CITY
65
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 15
MSc
Finance and Investment Banking

This course is aimed at students with quantitative ability but not necessarily a degree in finance or
economics who wish to enter a career in investment banking or a related field. It provides a robust
understanding of financial markets and how to assess investment opportunities and evaluate
financial portfolios. You will work hands-on with financial tools and techniques, including our
Trading Room.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
GCSE Maths grade B.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
(starts September)
The core modules of this course

provide a strong core knowledge of
institutional, accounting and
financial modelling frameworks.
You will explore the operation of
markets, their major participants
and the regulatory environment, as
well as building a firm
understanding of corporate finance,
basic accounting and financial
analysis. By specialising in
investment banking, you will learn
about analysing and valuing
investment products, critical
analysis of information in
derivatives markets and portfolio
and investment management.

masters a two year course. Its a
great way to put your learning
career.
Modules
Corporate Finance
Major project
Term Three provides the
opportunity for you to apply your
Study methods and

assessment
activities.
extended written reports, exams,
essays, individual and group
projects, and presentations.
Career development
This route opens up a whole range
of finance careers, including
investment banking, pensions,
analysis and unit and investment
trust management. Roles include
financial manager, financial analyst
or financial adviser.
Valuation of Investment
Products
Derivatives Markets
Investment and Portfolio
Management
Study one year

years incorporating
a placement year.
CITY
66

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 16
MSc
Entrepreneurship
This innovative and unique masters degree is aimed at ambitious future entrepreneurs from any
academic discipline. You will have the opportunity to create your own start-up venture, and
combine rigorous academic theory with the practical skills, hands-on experience and valuable
networks you need to make your business a success.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
You will develop a strong

foundation in building and
managing the key functions of a
new venture. We will expose you to
the networks and investment
opportunities you will need as an
entrepreneur, and you will learn
how to control risk and uncertainty,
and maximise opportunities.
Study methods and

assessment
At the heart of this course is the

Entrepreneurship Experience
Project. This will help you to
kick-start your own venture, find
opportunities to finance it and
accelerate its growth. Your venture
will also be put through a series of
checks and tests from academics,
external funders, investors and
business angels. See page 56 for
more information.
On the Academic, Professional and

Entrepreneurial Skill Development
(APED) module, you will explore
research and data skills, and
effective practice, as well as how to
progress your career and develop
professionally. You will also develop
your entrepreneurial skills though
supporting a social enterprise.
Modules
Enterprise Context and Business
Values
Entrepreneurial Ethos:
Leadership, People and Team
Management
Marketing and Consumer
Thinking
Uncap Creativity and Innovation
Value Chains: Partnerships and
Resources
The International Experience
Entrepreneurship Experience
Project
The opportunity to
create your own
innovative start-up
venture.

Entrepreneurial Skills
Development (APED)
Delivered through interactive and

activity-based lectures, you will
explore real life entrepreneurial
problems and reflect on your own
ideas to deliver advanced enterprise
concepts.
During the International Experience

module you will work at a partner
organisation for four weeks on the
case of going global.
reports, essays, individual and
group projects, and presentations.
Career development
The aim of this course is to equip
you with the skills and
understanding you need to set up
and lead your own start-up
enterprise. You can use these
strengths to bring innovative, well
planned ideas to whatever industry
interests you.
Graduates from this course may
also pursue careers as business
strategy and business development
consultants, or lead research and
development departments.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Entrepreneur

CITY
67
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 17
MSc
International Business
Our MSc International Business is for students from a wide range of educational backgrounds who
wish to broaden their knowledge of the international business environment, global strategy and
cross-cultural management. You will also have the opportunity to study abroad at one of our
partner institutions.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study options:
One year full-time
The course involves rigorous core

studies here at Nottingham
Business School, followed by a term
studying abroad at one of our
partner institutions (ISCTE in
Lisbon, Portugal; KEDGE in
Marseille, France; ESC Clermont in
France; or Brescia University in
Italy). You have the option to then
complete a 12-week internship or
an academic business research
project.
For students who are unable to
travel outside of the UK, there is a
UK-based route which enables you
to undertake a shorter international
experience and complete your
studies here at Nottingham
Business School.
Modules
Environment and Strategy
Major project
opportunity for you to apply
your knowledge and skills to a
real-world setting, conducting a
major project of your choice. See
page 56 for further information.
Study methods and

assessment
activities.
presentations.
Organisation and Management
Career development
Cross-Cultural Management
Graduates have gone on to work

for multinational corporations or
as consultants working in sectors
including manufacturing,
hospitality and distribution.
The roles they secured include
business development officer,
international marketing specialist,
international HRM officer and sales
representatives at multinational
companies.
Study abroad or if you prefer to

remain in the UK you will
complete modules in
International HRM, Global
Supply Chain Management and
an International Experience
Internship or Academic
Experience Project
Study abroad at one

of our partner
institutions.
CITY
68
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type International Business

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 18
MSc
International Business (Dual Degree)

Our MSc International Business dual degree is unique and a fantastic way to study contemporary
business with a real international perspective. Academically challenging, practical and
interdisciplinary, it will equip you with management skills, cultural insights, networks and first-hand
experiences. You will gain two masters degrees, one from NTU and one from our carefully
selected international partners.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.1 honours degree.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study options:
15 months full-time
(starts September)
The course involves core studies

here at Nottingham Business
School, followed by a period of
study abroad at one of our partner
institutions (ISCTE in Lisbon,
Portugal; KEDGE in Marseille,
France; ESC Clermont in France; or
Brescia University in Italy).
The dual degree will see you
achieve two M Level degrees from
two different universities NTU
and the university from your time
spent studying abroad. To be
awarded with the Dual Degree you
will need to successfully complete a
period of study at NTU, a period of
study abroad, a 12 week internship
(UK or overseas) and a business
research project, all of which takes
approximately 15 months.
Modules
Environment and Strategy
Major project
opportunity for you to apply
your knowledge and skills to a
real-world setting, conducting a
major project of your choice.
See page 56 for further
information.
Study methods and

assessment
activities.
presentations.
Organisation and Management
Career development
Cross-Cultural Management

for multinational corporations or
as consultants working in sectors
including manufacturing,
hospitality and distribution.
The roles they secured include
business development officer,
international marketing specialist,
international HRM officer and sales
representatives at multinational
companies.
Study Abroad Experience

(modules differ depending on
the partner institution you
attend)
Internship Experience Project
Academic Experience Project
Graduate with two

masters degrees.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type International Business

CITY
69
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 19
MSc
Marketing
Our MSc Marketing course is aimed at students from all academic backgrounds who wish to work
in the exciting, fast-paced environment of todays dynamic global marketing industry. You will put
theory into practice, gain Graduate Gateway accreditation from the Chartered Institute of
Marketing (CIM) and have the option to specialise in an area of marketing.
One year full-time

You will explore the fundamental

issues and concepts of marketing
practice, before learning about
consumer buying behaviour and in
turn, strategic marketing processes
and approaches. Learn about the
skills marketers need to be effective
marketing managers; how
marketing works with the other
functions of an organisation;
marketing plans; product
innovation; metrics; and consumer
experience and engagement. You
will be exposed to the very latest
thinking in both conventional and
digital marketing disciplines.

(starts September)
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study options:

masters a two-year course. It is a
practice and gain valuable
career.
Modules
This course has a Graduate Gateway
accreditation from the Chartered
Institute of Marketing (CIM).
Global Environment
Marketing Management
Driving Marketing Innovation
Contemporary Perspectives in
Customer Engagement
Major project
Study methods and

assessment
participative in nature, employing
case studies, discussions and group
activities. Industry talks are a
common feature of the course and
we provide a number of
opportunities for you to connect
with senior marketing professionals.
presentations, group reports,
management reports, and essays.
For example, within the Driving
Marketing Innovation module you
will develop a new product proposal
and produce a full business case to
support your idea.
Career development
Recent graduates from this course
are working all over the world in a
variety of organisations including
American Apparel, E.ON, Vax and
Sytner. Their roles include
marketing manager, marketing
executive, buyer, product
development manager and market
research manager.
Study one year

years, incorporating
a placement year.
CITY
70
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Marketing and

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 20
MSc
Branding and Advertising

Our MSc Branding and Advertising course is aimed at students from a range of backgrounds who
wish to specialise in branding and marketing communications. You will put theory into practice,
gain Graduate Gateway accreditation from the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) and have
the option to specialise in an area of marketing.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Whether you want to work for a

major international brand or an
innovative creative agency, this
popular masters degree will help
you develop into an effective
marketing communications
professional.
You will explore fundamental issues
and concepts of marketing practice,
before learning about consumer
buying behaviour followed by
strategic marketing processes and
practices. You will develop in-depth
knowledge of marketing
communication approaches as well
as corporate and reputation
management. You will also use
practical tools including marketing
communication plans and metrics.

masters a two-year course. It is
real-world experience to boost
your career.
Modules
Global Environment
Branding and Corporate
Reputation Management
Major project
Study methods and

assessment
centred around small interactive
employ case studies, discussions
and group activities. Industry talks
are a common feature of the
course and we provide a number of
with people working as senior
marketing communications
professionals.
Career development
This course can help you move
into a career in marketing
communications within a large
corporate, small to medium sized
business or marketing agency.
You could work in account
management, brand management,
media planning amongst other
areas of marketing.
Driving Marketing
Communications
Study one year

years, incorporating
a placement year.
Customer Engagement
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Branding and

CITY
71
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 21
MSc
Digital Marketing
This constantly evolving field continually pioneers new technology and our masters degree
prepares you for a fascinating career, regardless of your previous academic subject of study.
You will put theory into practice, gain Graduate Gateway accreditation from the Chartered
Institute of Marketing (CIM) and have the option to specialise in an area of marketing.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
(starts September)
You will learn about the

fundamental issues and concepts
of marketing practice, consumer
behaviour and strategic marketing
before exploring digital marketing
management issues. You will
develop practical skills such as
creating and using digital
marketing plans and metrics and
also consider digital management
issues and how virtual and real
worlds combine.

masters a two-year course. Its a
practice and gain valuable
career.
Modules
Global Environment
Digital Marketing Management
Driving Digital Marketing
Customer Engagement
Major project
Study methods and

assessment
employ case studies, discussions
and group activities. Industry talks
are a common feature of the
course and we provide a number of
with people working as senior
digital marketing professionals.
Career development
This course can help you move into
a career in digital marketing
communications within a large
corporate, small to medium sized
business or digital marketing
agency. You could become a digital
account manager, digital manager,
SEO content strategist, social media
manager or digital experience
manager, amongst other marketing
roles.
Study one year

years incorporating
a placement year.
CITY
72
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Digital and

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 22
Scholarships to help fund your studies

Nottingham Business Deans Masters Scholarship for Academic Excellence
Nottingham Business School is delighted to offer a number of competitive Deans Masters
Scholarships for Academic Excellence, for eligible courses starting in September 2016 and January
2017.
These prestigious scholarships are available to students from the United Kingdom and European
Union and are worth up to the value of half of the tuition fee. The scholarships will be available in
the form of a tuition fee reduction.
Please note that these scholarships are only available to students who have been offered a place to
study on their chosen masters course within the School.
International Scholarships
We are also pleased to offer a wide range of scholarships to international students holding an offer
to study here.
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/nbsscholarships for further information.
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 23
MSc
Human Resource Management (Full-time)

This course is aimed at students from any discipline who want a successful career in the Human
Resources arena. It is approved by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD),
and features a significant opportunity to put your learning into practice through the Applied /
Consultancy Project.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
The core modules studied give you

a solid grounding in human
resource management and practice
in contemporary organisations.
Your specialist optional modules will
develop your skills and knowledge
in an area of particular interest.
More and more employers around
the world are recognising the value
of CIPD qualifications. Providing
you become a student member
whilst you are studying, graduating
from this course will give you
Associate Membership of the CIPD.
Modules
Part-time course available,

see page 78 for more
information.
HRM in its Business Context

People Resourcing and Talent
Management
Learning and Talent

Development

Research Methods and

Professional Skills

Applied / Consultancy Project

Performance Management
This course is approved by the

Chartered Institute for Personnel and
Development (CIPD).
Study methods and

assessment
activities.
Assessment includes essays,
consultancy reports, formative and
summative assessed presentations,
selection interviews, and
examinations.
Career development
Recent examples of graduate
success include individuals taking
up the following appointments: HR
manager at a leading luxury hotel
and leisure organisation; payroll
production controller with a leading
payroll outsourcing organisation;
HR adviser with Ernst & Young
consultancy; and HR adviser at
Jaguar Land Rover.
Designing, Delivering and

Evaluating Learning and
Development Provision
Employee Relations and
Engagement
Meets the knowledge

requirements for
Chartered Membership
or Chartered Fellowship
of the CIPD.
CITY
74
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type HRM and select

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 24
Thinkubator Challenge
Nottingham Business Schools Thinkubator Challenge benefits local
and national organisations. It provides them with access to the
expertise of more than 1,000 expert academics, research students,
business postgraduates and final year undergraduates.
The only event of its kind in Europe, businesses from across the UK,
ranging from owner-manager entrepreneurs through to small and
medium enterprises (SMEs) and multi-nationals, submit problems on
topics such as marketing, human resources and funding.
Staff and students work in consultancy hubs and begin by hearing
presentations from participating businesses before getting to work on
their challenge within a few hours they analyse the issue and finalise
their recommendations.
Organisations that have submitted a challenge receive a report on the
day of the challenge. This outlines the hubs thinking,
recommendations and advice on practical steps to improve their
business activities.
Visit www.thinkubatorchallenge.com for further information.
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 25
EMBA
Executive Master of Business Administration

The Nottingham Business School Executive MBA develops you to be an analytical, curious, problem
solver. By taking this course, you will enhance your management knowledge, your leadership
capability, your global perspective and your career.
You will engage with the latest
management thinking and develop
the necessary skills to handle a wide
range of challenges inherant in
managing organisations.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Three years work experience
in a related role, preferably
five.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
The experiential and applied nature

of our Executive MBA provides the
opportunity to work with
companies within the UK and
abroad through the consultancy
projects and business project /
dissertation.
Modules
Study options:
Two years part-time
(starts September)
We anticipate changes to the

Executive MBA for January 2016.
Please check our website.
Specialist career
development
programmes support
you throughout the
course.
CITY
76
Corporate Governance
Corporate Finance
Global Supply Chain
Management
International Strategic HRM
Contemporary Issues in HRM
Consultancy projects include:
Stage One: Academic and

Management Induction Programme
The International Consultancy

Project in global locations
Stage Two: Core modules which

include:
The two team-based consultancy

projects will allow you to build on
the knowledge and skills you have
developed during the course.
Managing the Strategy

Dimension
Stage Four: Business Project or

Dissertation
Managing the Marketing

Dimension
Study methods and

assessment
Managing Information and

Knowledge Dimension
Managing the People Dimension

Managing Creativity, Design and

Innovation
The Team Consultancy Project in

the UK
Responsible and Sustainable

Business
Interview.
Public Sector Management
The course has four stages:
Other requirements:
references; and
Global Strategic Management
Managing the Financial

Dimension
Managing the Economic
Dimension
Managing the Operations
Dimension
To help with the demands of both

working full-time and studying, the
course is delivered in modular
blocks of four days in Year One and
three days in Year Two,
approximately five to six weeks
apart. The course also includes
workshops to develop professional,
strategic and transferable skills.
Business Research Methods.
Career development
Stage Three: Elective modules and

two consultancy projects.
We will help you to develop your

career potential and support you
to determine the right career path,
develop a job search strategy,
reassess your career objectives,
and identify career options and
job opportunities.
Electives may include:

Entrepreneurship New Venture
Creation
Strategic Marketing
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Executive MBA

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 26
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert
Management and Leadership (Part-time)

This innovative postgraduate course provides an excellent learning platform for experienced
managers to build on their current experience and understanding. Applied assessments will help
enhance work-based learning and offers opportunities for business recommendations and
improvements.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree;
Two-to-three years work
experience in a related role;
and
Current employment or be
able to gain access to an
organisation upon which to
base assignments.
significant experience (threeto-five years) will be
basis.
Designed for those who wish to

gain a postgraduate degree whilst
balancing employment and a range
of other commitments, this course
develops skills and competence in
the areas of personal development,
leadership, management and
strategy.
The course tackles contemporary
management issues and challenges
relevant to all managers.
All participants can exit with a
Postgraduate Certificate and / or
Diploma on completion of the
stages, or continue to complete the
masters qualification.
Typical modules*
Certificate

5.5 in each skill)
Managing and Leading People in

Organisations
Other requirements:
Sustainable Financial
Management
Academic reference.
Delivering Value
Study options:
Diploma
15 or 18 months part-time
(starts October)
Strategic Management and

Leadership
Effective Change Management

Consultancy in Action

*Modules are for the MSc Management
and Leadership unspecialised route.
Masters
Corporate Governance and
Leadership
Study methods and

assessment
This flexible part-time programme
is designed to keep the time you
have away from the business to a
minimum. The first two stages take
a minimum of 18 months in total,
with an additional year for the
masters award. The programme
incorporates a mix of classroom
modules, independent supported
learning and a work-based
consultancy project. Assessment
is through various pieces of
applied coursework which allows
you to explore and investigate
current issues in your own
organisation.
You will be able to choose between a
fast-track delivery, where you can
study two modules back-to-back in a
six-day study block, or the standard
delivery where each module takes
three days to complete.
Career development
If you are looking to develop yourself,
and are keen to challenge and
continually improve existing working
practices, interact with others
effectively, and show a commitment
to ongoing personal and professional
development, then this course gives
you an unbeatable opportunity to
drive forward your management
and leadership potential.
Applied Management Research

Project
You can also choose to specialise in
Public Services Management or
Lean Management. On these
specialist routes your modules will
be tailored to deepen your
understanding in these areas.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Management and

CITY
77
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 27
MSc
Human Resource Management (Part-time)

This CIPD approved course will provide you with an opportunity for professional development and
enhanced career development at a time when a masters qualification is becoming increasingly
valued by employers in all sectors of the economy.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Honours degree; and
Work experience in a related
role.
basis.
This course develops your

knowledge and understanding of
conceptual frameworks,
perspectives and issues associated
with the management of human
resources, and will enable you to
apply a critical and analytical
approach in an organisational
setting.
Modules

Management

5.5 in each skill)
Learning and Talent

Development
Other requirements:

Professional Skills
Academic reference.
Study options:
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Full-time course available, see
page 74 for more information.
Applied / Consultancy Project
Specialist elective modules allow

you to develop skills and
knowledge in an area of your own
particular interest. The options
we traditionally offer include:
Managing Employee Relations
and Engagement
Employment Law
And may also include:
Study methods and

assessment
Teaching normally takes place in
the afternoons and evenings and
attendance in both years is mostly
on a weekly basis. Your induction
will be held over two full days and
you will attend a residential during
the HRM in its Business Context
module.
Assessment is carried out through
assignments and exams that are
based on your organisation. Part of
the assessment for the Research
Methods and Professional Skills
module will be evidence of the
development of HR skills for
business leadership, and your
continuing professional
development (CPD).
Career development
Graduates on our MSc HRM have
reported enhanced career
opportunities that enable them to
operate confidently at a more
senior level within the HR field.
The roles they have secured include,
head of learning, training and
development, HR business partner,
corporate HR officer and directorate
human resources manager.
Developing Coaching
Development (CIPD).
Competence
HR in an International
Environment
E-HR
You will study three electives in

your second year.
CITY
78
Meets the knowledge

requirements for
of the CIPD.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type HRM and

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 28
Postgraduate Diploma

This Chartered Institute for Personnel and Development (CIPD) approved course develops the key
people management and development skills associated with Human Resources.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Honours degree; and
Work experience in a related
role.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
This course will develop your

knowledge and understanding of
the major elements of managerial,
personnel and development
principles and practice.
You will be able to demonstrate a
critical understanding of
contemporary issues and current
thinking about organisations and
their management, as well as
conceptual frameworks,
perspectives and issues associated
with the management of human
resources. Providing you become a
student member when you are
studying, graduating from this
course will give you Associate
Membership of the CIPD.
Two years part-time

(starts September)
We will develop your skills by:

utilising your individual work and
life experiences; applying theory to
relevant organisational contexts,
both real and simulated; focusing
on group as well as individual
activities; and incorporating a wide
range of teaching and learning
methods.

Management
Career development
Modules
Learning and Talent

Development


Professional Skills


Report

Development (CIPD).
Attendance in both years is mostly

on a weekly basis and teaching
normally takes place in the
afternoons and evenings.
Assessment includes essays,

reflective reports, consultancy
reports, formative and summative
assessed presentations, selection
interviews, and examinations.
Academic reference.
Study options:
Study methods and

assessment
A specialist elective module allows

you to develop skills and knowledge
in an area of your own particular
interest. The options we
traditionally offer include:
Graduates have gone on to become

senior HR practitioners and
attribute the positive impact that
their studies have had on their
subsequent careers. They have
progressed to work for companies
including Boots, Rolls-Royce and
Experian, in roles such as HR officer,
HR business partner and HR
manager.

and Engagement
Employment Law
And may also include:
Developing Coaching Competence
HR in an International
Environment
Meets the knowledge

requirements for
of the CIPD.
E-HR

CITY
79
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 29
CIPD Certificate
Human Resource Practice

This course provides skills development in many aspects of Human Resources Practice, so you can
enhance your contribution to your organisation and work on your own professional development.

basis.
The course provides the knowledge

required, as part of the Chartered
Institute for Personnel and
Development (CIPD) Professional
Membership Criteria, for you to
achieve Associate Membership of
the CIPD (Assoc. CIPD). On
successful completion of the course,
you will receive the Certificate in
Human Resources Practice (CHRP)
from the CIPD and will be
automatically upgraded from the
Student Membership to Associate
Membership of the CIPD.
Modules

5.5 in each skill)
You will undertake a core module,

which has the overarching theme of
HR, The Organisation and You. This
will cover the following three CIPD
Core Element units:
Fact file
Entry requirements:
You need to be in current
employment or be able to
gain access to an organisation
upon which to base
assignments.
Other requirements:
Interview.
Study options:
Nine months part-time
(starts September)
This course is approved by and will be
awarded by the Chartered Institute
for Personnel and Development
(CIPD).
Understanding Organisations
and the Role of HR
Developing Yourself as an
Effective HR Practitioner
Study methods and

assessment
The course is presented as a series
of four study blocks, delivered in a
series of one and two-day sessions.
Teaching methods include lectures,
guest lectures, group work,
presentations and role play
exercises.
written assignments, skills
assessments (involving assessed
role-play exercises), and a
Continuing Professional
Development portfolio.
Career development
The Certificate in Human Resource
Practice forms the building blocks
for a career in HR and personnel
development. For those already
working in the HR profession, you
will gain the necessary knowledge,
theory, skills and experience to
develop your career further.
Recording, Analysing and Using

HR Information
In addition to the core module, you
will also study modules covering:
Resourcing Talent
Supporting Good Practice in
Supporting Good Practice in
Performance and Reward
Management
We have offered the

equivalent of a CIPD
Foundation Level
course for over 30
years.
CITY
80

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 30
Learning from
industry leaders
Business Leaders Lecture Series
The School regularly welcomes renowned
business leaders to share their knowledge
and expertise with students.
Great companies have great leaders and
learning from their experiences continues
to be a tradition at Nottingham Business
School.
Past lectures have been delivered by senior
members of management from
organisations such as IBM; Experian;
Unilever; Santander; Ford; Alliance Boots;
Toyota; the Chartered Business Institute
(CBI); and the Chartered Institute of
Marketing (CIM).
Please see www.ntu.ac.uk/businessleaders
for further details about previous and
upcoming speakers.
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 31
CIM
Level 4 Certificate in Professional Marketing

The CIM Level 4 Certificate in Professional Marketing is aimed at the aspiring professional marketer
who is currently employed in a marketing role and who wishes to gain knowledge and skills to
succeed and progress their career.
The course objective is to provide
the practising marketer with
relevant, contemporary marketing
knowledge, as well as an
understanding of the impact
marketing can have on the wider
business context.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Honours degree; or
CIM Introductory Certificate
in Marketing; or
NVQ Marketing Level 3; or
NVQ Level 4 in any subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Successful completion of the full

Certificate will establish the skills to
enable you to perform successfully
within an operational marketing
role, as well as to develop a clearer
understanding of your own career
progression within the marketing
profession.
Core modules
Career development
Marketing
In an increasingly competitive
workplace, the practical nature of
this course will help to differentiate
you from other applicants. It will
also act as a significant signal to
employers that you are serious
about a career in marketing.
Integrated Communications
Study options:
One year part-time (starts
September, January, April)
Face-to-face classroom learning

helps to bring to life the modern
marketing industry.
A variety of assessment methods
are used depending on the module
chosen. These include an
examination, written assignments,
and a practical portfolio submission.
Assessment methods used within
the qualification are employerdriven, practitioner based, and
appropriate for business needs.
Other requirements:
Academic reference.
Study methods and

assessment
Elective modules
Customer Experience
Digital Marketing
Each module can be registered for
separately and studied as a distinct,
stand-alone award in that subject.
However, to achieve the full
Certificate a pass in both
mandatory modules plus one
elective module is required.
Nottingham Business School is an

accredited Chartered Institute of
Marketing (CIM) study centre.
Nottingham Business
School consistently
receives commendations
from the CIM for
student pass rates.
CITY
82

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 32
CIM
Level 6 Diploma in Professional Marketing

The CIM Level 6 Diploma in Professional Marketing is for those working in marketing and with
previous marketing study experience. The course has been developed following extensive global
employer-led research including small business, international organisations and numerous
marketers across a range of marketing and wider business functions.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Honours degree in Business /
Marketing with one-third
credits in Marketing; or
experience in a marketing
management role; and
CIM Certificate in Professional
Marketing.
basis.
The CIM Level 6 Diploma in

Professional Marketing is aimed at
the professional marketer working
in an operational, supervisory or
management role who wishes to
develop their knowledge and skills
across a range of areas, and to
succeed and progress their career in
marketing.
Successful completion of the full
Diploma will establish the
knowledge, skills and understanding
to be able to perform at a
management level and to carry out
an essential and successful
professional marketing role within
the workplace.

5.5 in each skill)
Core modules
Other requirements:
Mastering Metrics
Academic reference.
Elective modules
Study options:
Driving Innovation
One year part-time (starts

September, January, April)
Digital Strategy Marketing
Strategic Marketing
Study methods and

assessment
Face-to-face classroom learning
helps to bring to life the modern
marketing industry.
are used for the Diploma
depending on the module chosen.
These include an examination,
written assignments and a practical
portfolio submission. Assessment
methods used within the
qualification are employer-driven,
practitioner-based, relevant, and
appropriate for business needs.
Career development
In an increasingly competitive
workplace, the practical nature of
this course will help to differentiate
you from other applicants. It will
also act as a significant signal to
employers that you are serious
about a career in marketing.
Each module can be registered for

separately and studied as a distinct,
stand-alone award in that subject.
However, to achieve the full
Diploma a pass in both mandatory
modules plus one elective module is
required.
Nottingham Business School is an

accredited Chartered Institute of
Marketing (CIM) study centre.

Nottingham Business
School consistently
receives commendations
from the CIM for
student pass rates.
CITY
83
7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 33
Higher Education Administration, Management

and Leadership
In collaboration with the Association of University Administrators (AUA), these courses aim to
provide excellence in higher education administration and management through work-based
learning and skills development.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Postgraduate Certificate in
Higher Education
Administration, Management
and Leadership within the last
five years;
One years work experience in
a related role; and
Current employment or be
able to gain access to an
organisation upon which to
base assignments.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
The courses are designed for

professional managers and
administrators from across the
spectrum of UK higher education
(HE). The courses will provide you
with the opportunity to develop
your knowledge of the HE sector, to
enhance your skills as a reflective
practitioner and to develop
management and leadership skills.
Study methods and

assessment
The courses follow a self-directed,
supported work-based learning
structure, designed to minimise
staff time away from their
institutions. They incorporate a mix
of classroom-based modules,
independent supported learning
and work-based projects.
Ultimately, these courses aim to

develop excellent administrators
who will make positive
contributions to the societies in
which they live and work.
Each stage consists of two modules

each involving one to three days of
face-to-face teaching.
You may complete a postgraduate

certificate, diploma or progress to
complete the masters
qualification.
Completion of the course will

prepare managers and
administrators for future roles and
responsibility.
Career development
Certificate modules:
The UK HE Sector
Reflective Practice in Work-based
Learning
Study options:
Diploma modules:
Ten months part-time

(starts November)
From Strategy to Practice
Managing and Leading People

and Change

MSc modules:


Project
Applied Research Skills
This course is offered in collaboration

with the Association of University
Administrators (AUA).
CITY
84
Study at the stage

suitable for your own
professional
development.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Higher Education

7400_NBS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:40 Page 34
CIPFA
Professional Accountancy Qualification

This course prepares you for the examinations of the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and
Accountancy (CIPFA), the premier accountancy body for all public sector organisations.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Current employment in a
CIPFA approved training
organisation; and
Registered with CIPFA and
meet CIPFA entry
requirements, see
www.cipfa.org for more
details.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
The Chartered Institute of Public

Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA)
is the only accountancy body that
focuses on finance within public
services globally. It is also highly
regarded throughout public service
organisations. CIPFA is a member
of the International Federation of
Accountants (IFAC).
The CIPFA professional
qualification has been designed in
three stages; the Professional
Certificate, the Professional
Diploma and the Strategic Level.
The course is flexible which allows
you to complete each stage via a
structure that suits you.
CIPFA is suitable for those with a
range of qualifications whatever
your subject. If you hold a degree
in finance or accountancy you may
be granted exemptions.

references.
Modules
Study options:
Financial Accounting
Three years part-time

(starts September, February)
Management Accounting
Audit and Assurance

CIPFA Professional Diploma

Financial Management
Study methods and

assessment
The Professional Accounting
Qualification is a modular
day-release course delivered in
partnership with CIPFA CETC.
Day-release classes and revision
courses provide you with relevant
materials and face-to-face tuition,
where you will have difficult
concepts explained to you and the
opportunity to raise queries with
the module tutor.
The Certificate, Diploma and Final
(Strategic) Levels all incorporate
externally assessed examinations
that are taken in June and
December.
Career development
The majority of graduates from this
course go on to achieve senior and
top-level roles in public and private
sector organisations.
CIPFA Professional Certificate
Company Financial Reporting
Public Service Financial Reporting

Taxation
Corporate Governance and Law
This course is accredited by, and

delivered in partnership with the
Chartered Institute of Public Finance
and Accountancy (CIPFA).
Strategy and Policy Development

Business and Change
Management
Strategic Level
Strategic Case Study
Strategic Public Finance
Consistently recognised
by CIPFA for the high
pass rates of students.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Accountancy and

CITY
85
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 1
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 2
Nottingham Law School is one of the largest university law schools in the UK, with an
outstanding and long established reputation for delivering excellent legal education.
This is underpinned by close relationships with the legal and other professions,
strength in legal research and outstanding facilities.
Why choose Nottingham Law School?

Many of our teaching staff are experienced lawyers;
some are still in practice;
We have a Legal Advice Centre based in new,
purpose-built accommodation with extensive Pro
Bono opportunities.
Our researchers are nationally and internationally
recognised.
You will have access to excellent facilities including a
suite of courtrooms and extensive law library.
A dedicated Employability Team will provide you with
outstanding support, ensuring the best start to your
professional career.
Summer schools
We offer flexible study routes,

depending on the course.
Full-time, part-time and distance
learning options may be available.
Speakers, conferences and events

Nottingham Law School plans and hosts a number of
lectures, seminars and conferences. This year we have
hosted conferences with Insol Europe and for Legal
Education. We have held a seminar on perspectives of
the Islamic face veil and continue the popular
Professional Practice Lecture Series. This brings
practising lawyers into the School to discuss aspects of
their work and the legal system.
Everyone in the School has the chance to take part in

our International Summer School Scheme and get a
taste of Law from a European perspective. Each of these
week-long courses has a different legal focus; whether
you want to explore Criminal Justice in Berlin, or Human
Rights in Strasbourg, there is something for every area
of interest.
Summer school visits also complement the topics
studied on your course. Along with a series of inspiring
legal lectures, each summer school includes a range of
trips, social activities with students from our partner
universities, and includes time for you to explore the
cities you visit.
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/summerschools to find out more.
The School also runs a law fair in January each year,

attended by national and regional firms. This provides
students with an opportunity to meet recruiters to
discuss employment and work experience opportunities
and to network within the legal profession.
Open days are held regularly and we welcome visitors
who want to find out more about our courses and the
benefits of studying here.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/nlsevents for details of all our
events.
More information at www.ntu.ac.uk/nls

87
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 3
LLM
Masters in Law
Through our LLM programme, you can gain awards in a range of subject areas of Law. Courses are
taught across a variety of study modes: full-time, part-time and distance learning. They are
delivered by active researchers, many of whom are internationally recognised.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree in Law.
Applicants with previous legal
training or other experience
appropriate to the LLM they
wish to take will be considered
on an individual basis.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
For selected subjects: two
years distance learning (starts
September, January)
Fees: www.ntu.ac.uk/nlspgfees
Our LLM courses allow you to select

modules that best suit your career
needs. You will gain a wide range
of skills for your professional
vocation and will benefit from the
substantial expertise of our
academic staff in the key areas
covered by the courses.
The specialisations offered by our
LLM courses can support you in
advancing your career as a
practising lawyer through the
development of high-level
expertise. Equally, demand is high
in key sectors for legal knowledge
and legal skills. Expert knowledge
of the areas addressed by our LLM
qualifications will support you in
gaining access to a wide range of
opportunities extending beyond
legal practice.
Nottingham Law Schools suite of
Masters in Law (LLM) courses offer
varied and exciting opportunities to
advance your knowledge in a range
of compelling subject areas. Our
courses have been designed to
develop a high-level, critical
understanding of significant areas
of law and to enhance your career
prospects, whether you are a
practising lawyer or a professional
working in a related field.
Study methods and

assessment
Nottingham Law
School has an
internationallyrecognised research
culture which informs
our teaching.
CITY
88
Our courses are offered flexibly,

with most LLMs available on a
full-time or part-time basis.
We also offer a number of subjects
through distance learning.
The full-time LLM is studied over

one year and students take six
modules over two terms followed by
a dissertation. Part-time and
distance-learning modules are
studied over two years and the
dissertation is completed after
students have successfully
completed their module
assessments.
Each course requires that you
successfully complete six taught
modules and an independently
researched and written dissertation
of between 18,000 and 20,000
words. In addition to studying
modules specifically linked to your
chosen LLM, you may also select up
to two other modules from those
offered across the range of courses.
Career development
This is an integral part of the
programme and our Employability
Team run a series of workshops
where you can identify strategies to
enable you to pursue your career
goals.
Due to our excellent reputation
within the legal profession, our
graduates are highly sought-after
and recognised for the depth and
relevance of their knowledge.
How to apply
Applications for LLM courses are
through the University. See page
38 for more information on how to
apply.
Course specific details can be
found on pages 89 and 90.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type LLM and

7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 4
LLM
Masters in Law
Subject areas
LLM Corporate and Insolvency Law
Full-time, part-time or distance learning
The focus of this course is on corporate organisations and the law as it relates to them. Traditional subjects covered
include: Public Companies, Securities, Regulations and Corporate Governance, as well as the problems facing
capitalist economies and societies today relating to the risk of default and insolvency.
LLM Health Law and Ethics

Full-time or part-time
This programme is designed to address the increasing interest in the interface between medicine, law and ethics.
With the ethical issues that arise in the context of medical treatment, there is a growing need for lawyers and
healthcare professionals with an understanding of the law.
LLM Human Rights and Justice

Human rights and justice permeate the study and practice of all areas of law from terrorism, theories of justice,
artistic expression, privacy, to consideration of victims.
LLM Intellectual Property Law

This is an exciting and increasingly important area of law, particularly internationally. You can explore intellectual
property law in both UK and EU contexts, together with the links to competition law, sport and medical innovation
as well as data protection law.
LLM International Trade and Commercial Law

This popular course explores diverse areas of the subject including: International Sale of Goods; International
Competition Law; and International Commercial Transactions. This area of the law is of growing national and
international importance.

CITY
89
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 5
LLM
Masters in Law
Subject areas
LLM Sports Law
Sport has become increasingly important as a business and can involve significant financial stakes. This course
focuses on the regulation of sport at UK, EU and international level.
LLM Oil, Gas and Mining Law

As well as looking at international laws governing the oil and gas industries, this masters degree will also explore the
environmental laws that can have a significant impact on business.
LLM General Law

This is a general qualification for students who want to demonstrate their ability across a wide range of areas
of Law. Students can choose from the full range of modules in the LLM programme.
LLM Corporate and Insolvency Law

and LLM European and Insolvency Law
Full-time Dual Degree
Nottingham Law School and Radboud University, Nijmegen, The Netherlands, have partnered to offer an exciting
and innovative dual Masters in Law degree. After only one year of study, successful students will be awarded
the LLM Corporate and Insolvency Law from Nottingham Law School, and the LLM European and Insolvency
Law from Radboud University. Students spend time studying for the Dual LLM at both university campuses.
This Dual LLM has a different study pattern from the main LLM programme. Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/nlsrunllm
for details.
LLM Legal Education

Distance learning
This course represents a unique development in the support of legal education, building on the strengths of
Nottingham Law Schools innovative Research Centre for Legal Education, providing a pioneering space for
practitioners in both pure and applied legal education.
You will work online, supported by experienced and challenging tutors.
CITY
90

7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 6
Manali Kulkarni
LLM Sports Law
While I was studying this course I had
the opportunity for a work experience
week with UK Sport in their legal
department. It was fantastic to see how
in-house counsels operate in sports law.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/manalikulkarni
to hear more about Manalis experience.
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 7
LLM
Legal Practice Course (Full-time)

Legal Practice Course (Part-time)
Nottingham Law School is an outstanding place to study the LPC. It has an excellent reputation
amongst employers and provides you with the best foundation for a career as a solicitor. Recent
enhancements to the course now mean that you can also receive an award of an LLM alongside
your LPC qualification.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours qualifying Law
degree; or
2.2 honours degree in other
subject plus the GDL or CILEx
qualification.
basis.
Modules
Career development
At Nottingham Law School we
dont view the LPC in isolation. It
prepares you for a training contract
and provides the support required
to give you the best possible start
to your legal career. Our dedicated
Employability Team will support you
in your search for a training contract.

5.5 in each skill)
Professional Conduct
Study options:
Taxation
The following skills are embedded

within the course: advocacy,
interviewing, writing, drafting and
research.

The compulsory areas and skills above

are combined with three electives.
Study methods and

assessment
Course approved by Solicitors

Regulation Authority.
Gain the LPC and a

masters qualification
on this course.
CITY
Solicitors Accounts
Wills and Administration
Full-time study is on two to three

days each week. Part-time study is
a combination of six to eight
weekends each year and two full
weeks in Year One.
Property
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Assessments are designed to

integrate with the course as a
whole. We employ a variety of
appropriate methods written
examination, performance
assessment or multiple choice.
Business Law and Practice

Litigation
One year full-time

(starts September)
92
Stage One comprises Core Practice

Areas and Skills. Stage Two
comprises three elective subjects
which you will select from a range
of options. You will also be required
to submit either a project of 5,000
words or a dissertation of 7,500
words to achieve a masters degree.
Full-time study is over one year,
part-time over two years.
The focus for learning is interactive

Small Group Sessions (SGSs). Here
you carry out activities that closely
replicate the experience of the
professional workplace and enable
you to practise your practical legal
skills in context.
Successful completion of the course

enables you to proceed to a
training contract and then be
admitted as a solicitor.
How to apply
The LPC Central Applications Board
is responsible for admissions to the
full-time course. Visit
www.lawcabs.ac.uk to apply
online.
Applications for the part-time
course are through the University.
See page 38 for more information
on how to apply.
You should provide evidence in your
personal statement of your
commitment to a career in law and
will be required to provide a full
reference in support of your
application.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type LPC and select

7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 8
GDL
Graduate Diploma in Law (Full-time)

Graduate Diploma in Law (Distance Learning)
For non-law graduates interested in becoming a solicitor or barrister, this course is the stepping
stone to the Legal Practice Course (LPC) or Bar Professional Training Course (BPTC), and a career as
a solicitor or barrister.

5.5 in each skill)
Completion of this course will

allow you to proceed to either the
LPC or BPTC. You can study either
one year full-time, or over two
years by distance learning.
Overseas students should note that
the GDL is usually only recognised
as a qualifying law programme in
the UK. The LLB (Hons) Law Senior
Status course which is recognised
in many countries may be more
appropriate. Visit
www.ntu.ac.uk/llbsenior for
further details.
Other requirements:
Modules
Distance learning only:

Academic or vocational
reference.
Contract Law
How to apply
Tort Law
Study options:
The GDL Central Applications Board

is responsible for admissions to the
full-time course.
Equity and Trusts
One year full-time

(starts September)
Criminal and Police Powers
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
Two years distance learning

(starts September)
Land Law
Constitutional and
Administrative Law
EU Law
Course approved by Bar Standards
Board and Solicitors Regulation
Authority.
Study methods and

assessment
Full-time: There are six or seven
hours of lectures and six or seven
one-hour tutorials per week, plus
significant independent study.
Class hours are usually between
9 am and 5 pm.
Distance Learning: You will be
expected to attend four study
weekends in each of the years to
consolidate your learning and ensure
you are given support in your studies.
Career development
Successful completion of this course
guarantees you a place on our LPC
for intending solicitors or
consideration for the BPTC for
intending barristers.
Some firms favour non-law
undergraduates because of their
broader knowledge base from
previous studies or qualifications;
maturity and commitment; and
practical, relevant, well-rounded
legal knowledge gained by studying
core subjects in context on the GDL.
Visit www.lawcabs.ac.uk to apply

online.
Applications for the Distance
Learning course are through the
University. See page 38 for more
95% of our graduates

from the full-time and
100% from the
distance learning
course are employed or
engaged in further
study six months after
leaving.
Assessment involves coursework

(approximately 30%) and end of
year examinations (approximately
70%).
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type GDL and

CITY
93
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 9
Legal Advice Centre

Our new Legal Advice Centre provides a host of exciting pro bono opportunities for you to get
involved in and a chance to gain valuable practical skills. It offers free initial legal advice for the local
community, whilst students get to work on behalf of clients under the supervision of qualified
solicitors on a range of services including:
employment rights
business law
housing, property and environmental law
debt and welfare rights
tribunal and court representation.
Nottingham Law School is home to the only Free Representation Unit (FRU) outside London.
The Legal Advice Centre runs in conjunction with the London-based charity, FRU, which means
that students have the opportunity to become ratified FRU volunteers and represent clients at
employment and social security tribunals.
This fully equipped, purpose-built centre provides us with great flexibility to increase the number of
cases we take on from the local community. It includes interview rooms, a supervisors office and a
workspace which allows teams of students to work together in a confidential environment on live cases.
Overseas placements, internships and international pro bono opportunities are also facilitated by the
centre.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/nlslegaladvicecentre to find out more.
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 10
Bar Professional Training Course (BPTC)

We are one of only eight educational establishments validated by the Bar Standards Board to
deliver the Bar Professional Training Course (BPTC), the compulsory first stage of training for those
who wish to qualify as a barrister. This is an experiential learning course: you learn by doing and
you are encouraged to realise through practice and feedback your full potential.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.1 honours qualifying law
degree; or
2.1 honours degree in other
subject plus the GDL.
A 2.2 honours degree will be
considered with evidence of
experience or achievement.
We have a proven track record in

practical skills training and our
teaching is consistently
commended as excellent. You will
be taught by tutors who have
significant practice experience and
will enjoy the benefits of an
exclusive BPTC study area and
excellent teaching accommodation,
including impressive mock
courtrooms.
Modules

7.5 in each skill)
Pervasives
Other requirements:
Legal Research Knowledge
Two references, academic or

vocational.
Civil Litigation, Evidence and

Remedies
Study options:
Criminal Litigation, Evidence and

Sentencing
One year full-time

(starts September)
Professional Ethics
Case Preparation and Analysis
Skills
Advocacy
Conference Skills
Drafting
Resolution of Disputes Out of
Court
Course approved by Bar Standards

Board.
Opinion Writing
Options
Choose two from the following:
Advanced Civil Practice; Advanced
Criminal Practice; Commercial
Practice; Employment Practice;
Family Practice; and Landlord and
Tenant.
Our core staff have all

practised as barristers
some are still in
practice.
Study methods and

assessment
After a short introductory period,
your study of the compulsory
subjects commences. You will
handle seven realistic briefs (four
criminal and three civil) from
commencement towards trial
throughout the first two terms.
Knowledge and skills are taught
and learned through the progress
of these case studies, as students
respond to Instructions to Counsel.
Two options are studied and
assessed in the final term. You will
obtain a broad foundation within
specialist areas that you can build
upon when you enter the profession.
Career development
enables you to be Called to the Bar
and commence pupillage; if you are
an international student, this may
grant you full or partial exemption
from the training requirements in
your own jurisdiction. We have a
dedicated Employability Team who
provide practical sessions, advice
and assistance, including advice on
pupillage applications and CVs,
mock interviews and details of legal
employment opportunities.
How to apply
Applications for the BPTC are made
online through a centralised system
operated by the BPTC Providers.
First round applications for 2016
entry should open in November
2015 and close in January 2016.
Visit www.barsas.com to apply.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type BPTC and select

CITY
95
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 11
LLM
Legal Practice (Distance Learning)

The LLM Legal Practice qualification provides additional evidence of your academic ability and
showcases your knowledge of more specialised aspects of legal practice. Those who have
successfully completed the LPC and BPTC (or their precursors) at any time are eligible for
admission.
In the increasingly competitive
legal employment market
practitioners may find that having
an additional qualification, a
masters degree, will make them
stand out from the competition.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
LPC or BPTC or other
professional legal
qualification.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
4-24 months distance
learning (starts September,
January, April)
The LLM Legal Practice provides 60

masters level credit points which,
when combined with the evidence
of academic achievement from the
successful completion of the BPTC
or LPC (or equivalent), will lead to
the award of an LLM.
The course is equivalent to 600
hours of study and includes a
manageable assessment task of
either a traditional dissertation or
the production of an article of
publishable quality. It is designed
to allow completion of the top-up
element over a 4-24 month
timescale, and is attractive to
practitioners as it also satisfies CPD
requirements.
Study methods and

assessment
Personalised guidance on research
methods and legal writing is
provided as part of the supervision
process. Support is also available
by way of online learning
opportunities.
In line with our existing LLM
courses, students have a wide
discretion in the selection of their
dissertation topic, subject to the
capacity of the Law School to
provide expert academic
supervision. The dissertation is
18,000-20,000 words in length.
As an alternative to the
dissertation, students can produce
an article of publishable quality.
This is likely to be of shorter length,
focusing on a particular point of
practice or law.
Career development
This course will demonstrate your
academic ability and showcase
your knowledge of more specialised
aspects of legal practice.
How to apply
Applications for the LLM are
apply.
This LLM course

provides those with
professional legal
qualifications the
opportunity to study
for a masters degree.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Legal Practice

96
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 12
Professional Certificate in
Trade Mark Practice

This certificate designed by Nottingham Law School in conjunction with the Institute of Trade
Mark Attorneys (ITMA) is focused on the development of the knowledge base and professional
skills required of the trade mark attorney.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Qualification approved by
ITMA; and
Employment in trade mark
related practice.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year part-time
(starts October)
Course approved by the
Institute of Trade Mark
Attorneys (ITMA) and
the Intellectual
Property Regulation
Board (IPReg).
The Professional Certificate in Trade

Mark Practice for the Institute of
Trade Mark Attorneys was launched
in September 2011.
The course has been designed
specifically for ITMA trainees. It
builds upon teaching and
assessment methods used to train
solicitors and barristers and focuses
on the outcomes required of the
practitioner in a post-Legal Services
Act world.
Study methods and

assessment
You will study part-time over one
year, usually beginning in October
and ending in July the following
year. The course is built around
intensive study units, usually
running from Wednesday to
Saturday, so you can complete the
work at a time convenient to you.
You will be assessed through a
combination of four written exams
and two oral skills assessments.
Course materials can be

downloaded and viewed from your
computer. In addition, you will be
able to access library resources such
as Westlaw and Kerlys as well as
form online discussion groups.
Tutors can also be contacted to
obtain feedback or to answer
questions.
We recognise that you will be in
private practice or working in-house
during the course and will want to
apply your knowledge and skills to
your own practice as soon as
possible.
Career development
On completion of the course, you
will be equipped to pursue a career
as a Trade Mark Attorney.
How to apply
Applications for this course are
apply.
As well as taking study units here at

Nottingham Law School, you will
also be encouraged to work
remotely using our modern
eLearning facilities.
This course is
skills-based and built
upon the same course
delivery techniques as
the LPC and BPTC.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Trade Mark Practice

CITY
97
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 13
Certificate in
Intellectual Property Litigation

Intellectual Property Advocacy
We offer Intellectual Property Litigation and Advocacy courses for those with at least two years
experience in intellectual property practice. These build upon your existing knowledge and
experience.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Qualified as a trade mark
attorney or patent attorney or
solicitor or barrister.
basis.
Modules
Intellectual Property Litigation
Certificate
Case Analysis and Case Theory
Drafting and Case Preparation

5.5 in each skill)
Project and Case Management
Study options:
Interim Applications
IP Advocacy: Four days

part-time (starts September)
Alternative Dispute Resolution

(ADR)
IP Litigation: Nine months

part-time (starts November)
Witness Evidence
Risk Analysis and Settlement

Course approved by the
Institute of Trade Mark
Attorneys (ITMA) and
the Intellectual
Property Regulation
Board (IPReg).
Successful completion
of both certificates
entitle candidates to
apply to IPReg for the
Advanced Litigation
Certificate.
CITY
98
Those who practise in the field of

intellectual property face the
pressures of heavy caseloads,
complex cases and the need to
keep up-to-date with new
developments. These courses will
help you address these challenges.
Funding and Costing
Trial Craft

Certificate
Study methods and

assessment
The courses are built around four
intensive modules running from
Thursday to Saturday, allowing
work to be completed at a time
that is convenient to you.
Assessment methods: Written
Paper in Intellectual Property
Litigation (three hours); and
Advocacy Assessment (15 minutes).
Career development
These courses provide professional
training for Trade Mark Attorneys,
Patent Attorneys and other

professionals working in the field of
Intellectual Property Law.
These courses are approved by
ITMA / IPReg and satisfy the
requirements for qualification as a
trade mark litigator and as a patent
attorney litigator.
Basic Litigation Skills Course

Pursuant to the New Qualification
Regime for Patent Attorney and
Trade Mark Attorney Litigators
(January 2014), IPReg expects
every newly-qualified attorney to
have attended and passed a
basic litigation course within
three years of qualification. The
Basic Litigation Skills course
offered by Nottingham Law
School is a four day course
(Tuesday to Friday), building
upon practical skills but focusing
on the practice and procedure of
the Intellectual Property
Enterprise Court (IPEC). The
course is accredited by IPReg and
will be assessed by a two-hour
written paper and a 15 minute
advocacy assessment
approximately four to six weeks
following completion of the
course. Success in the
assessment entitles candidates to
apply to IPReg for the Intellectual
Property Litigation Certificate.
How to apply
apply.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Intellectual Property

7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 14
PG Diploma
International Insolvency Law (Distance Learning)

Endorsed by INSOL International, this course has been designed to meet the needs of insolvency
professionals with little or no experience in the field of international insolvency law, especially
those from developing and emerging market countries.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Designated countries: Lawyer
/ accountant with qualifying
degree in law or commerce or
business; and
Less than five years
experience of international
insolvency law.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
In addition to the above, we also

encourage less experienced
insolvency professionals from
developed countries to enrol.
It serves as an introduction to
international insolvency law,
attracts 120 credit points at
masters level and is endorsed by
INSOL International. The lecturers
responsible for the delivery of the
programme content are experts in
the field of international insolvency
law, and come from a variety of
international jurisdictions.
Course content
The course consists of six equally
weighted study units.
Introduction to International
Insolvency Law
One year distance learning

(starts February)
Overview of the Legal and

Insolvency Systems of the US
and UK
The European Insolvency

Regulation

Course supported and endorsed by
Study methods and

assessment
This course is delivered entirely by
distance learning. All programme
content is presented online and
includes recorded lectures on the
compulsory study units and written
course materials. Access to NTUs
electronic library is also provided.
Given the online nature of the
course, regular access to a good
internet connection is essential.
Career development
This course is designed for
insolvency professionals and will
provide an introduction to
international insolvency law, aiding
career progression in the field.
How to apply
apply.
International Insolvency Law in

Selected European Jurisdictions
the US
Selected Regions [One of the
following regions, depending on
the student's country of origin:
Latin America (Argentina, Brazil,
Mexico); Eastern Europe (Czech
Republic, Romania, Russia); Africa
/ Middle East (Nigeria, South
Africa, UAE); Asia / Pacific Rim
(Australia, China, India)]
This course is
supported and
endorsed by INSOL
International.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Insolvency and

99
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:45 Page 15
Research and academic expertise

Our reputation for world-class education and scholarly research is a reflection of our high-quality,
committed teaching staff. We have an excellent graduate employment rate and strong links with
leading law firms and regulators. Our research work in fields such as Advocacy, International
Insolvency Law, Criminal Justice, Legal Education, Sports Law, Intellectual Property, and Health Law is
recognised around the world.
Our academic staff have extensive practical experience thanks to the Schools vocational focus and
strong links with the legal profession.
Our research centres:

Centre for Advocacy
Centre for Conflict, Rights and Justice
The centre aims to increase opportunities for

students on undergraduate and postgraduate
courses to practise and understand advocacy as
a key skill in their development as a lawyer.
The centre pursues and encourages innovative

scholarship in the fields of criminal law, criminal
justice, human rights, international
humanitarian law, conflict resolution and postconflict justice (broadly defined).
Centre for Business and Insolvency Law

Centre members collaborate and transfer
knowledge with government and
non-government organisations, other higher
education establishments (at both individual
and institutional level), and professional member
organisations.
Centre for Legal Education

Members of this research centre drive the Law
Schools excellence and innovation in academic
and professional legal education.
Centre for Sports Law

Centre members lead on, and contribute to,
public and academic debate and influence the
thinking of key stakeholders in the field of sports
law and sports regulation.
Please visit www.ntu.ac.uk/nlsresearch for more information.
7400_NLS_Layout 1 30/09/2015 14:58 Page 16
DLegalPrac
Doctor of Legal Practice

This is a part-time research degree designed for individuals who work in the legal and related
professions, including legal education. It aims to deepen their understanding and engagement
with practice, whether their interest is in doctrinal legal research, a practice-based area of law, the
law in action or legal education.
The Doctor of Legal Practice
involves students in two formal
elements of activity: workshops and
supervision of their own research
projects.
A literature review analysing the

professional and academic
literature on the subject, together
with literature on the
methodology of your enquiry.
Year Two

6.0 in each skill)
You will attend three to four twoday workshops, in Nottingham, in

each of the first three years of your
study. These are co-taught with the
Doctor of Education and Doctor of
Social Practice and deal with topics
that are generically relevant to
research at doctorate level. Each
workshop or group of workshops is
linked to a specific stage in the
project.
Study options:
Your research project
Three to eight years part-time

(starts January)
Unlike the PhD, which is assessed

by a single thesis delivered at the
end of the project, the professional
doctorate structure involves
students in shaping their research
project around a sequence of
documents. The first four are
normally submitted and assessed
during the first three years of the
project.
A reflective report on your

experiences and development as
a researcher.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Masters degree; and
At least seven years relevant
professional experience.
basis.
Structure
The course is structured in phases
over a minimum three-year period.
Students will work on the following
documents:
Year One
Explore the complex

relationships between
knowledge, theory and
practice.
A research proposal setting out

the research question or
questions, the professional
context, how the question or
questions will be investigated,
and any ethical issues.
Two research reports on small

studies, each of which informs
your overall research question.
The results of both documents
will lead into and inform the final
thesis.
Year Three onwards
The main thesis which answers
Study methods and

assessment
Support and discussion is a critical
part of the regular workshop
sessions. In addition, you will be
allocated a supervisory team for
personal support, suggestions and
feedback on draft documents.
Final assessment is by viva voce
examination involving an internal
and external examiner.
Career development
This programme provides a
doctoral qualification for practising
lawyers and those working in
related professions such as legal
educators, aiding personal and
professional development.
How to apply
through the University. See page 50
for more information on how to apply.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Doctor Legal and

CITY
101
7400_ARES_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:48 Page 1
School of Animal, Rural and

Environmental Sciences
7400_ARES_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:48 Page 2
Our mission is to deliver professional qualifications to enhance your career and earning
potential and generate high impact research that can create opportunites and enrich
society.
Our courses are focused on employability and providing opportunities for research on
industry projects. They have built-in flexibility to help you balance further study with
your career and personal commitments.
Why choose the School of Animal, Rural and
Environmental Sciences?
Our courses are informed by industry which give you
the right skills and knowledge.
We have excellent facilities more than 20 million
has been invested in Brackenhurst campus in recent
years.
Our strong links with world-leading industry partners
provide you with important research opportunities.
94% of our School postgraduates are employed or
engaged in further study six months after leaving.
Brackenhurst campus is set in an idyllic rural location,
providing a unique learning environment.
Excellent facilities
Weve invested heavily to provide you with outstanding
modern resources. These include:
specialist teaching rooms and modern laboratories;
a dedicated Animal Unit, which along with our
campus is home to a wide variety of companion and
production species plus reptiles, birds and fish;
our Equestrian Centre, which has extensive and
unique facilities including indoor and outdoor riding
and research arenas and stabling for 65 horses;
the Environment Centre which provides first-class
facilities for learning and research into tackling the
challenges faced by our planet;
Our academic research is recognised both

nationally and internationally. The results of
which often inform professional practice.
a 200 hectare estate of woodland, wetland, farm and

grasslands acts as an ideal outdoor classroom for
fieldwork and research; and
a new eco-library which uses energy-efficient and
low-carbon technology.
Outstanding teaching
Our award-winning academics have a genuine passion
for their subjects and a commitment to helping
students realise their ambitions. All our academics are
engaged in research-informed teaching, permitting
curricula to be current and relevant to rapidly changing
industries and subject areas.
You will find many of our academics in the national and
international news giving expert opinion. Through our
strong links with the public and private sectors, we are
also able to introduce visiting lecturers whose insight
and experience demonstrate first-hand how your
research and study apply to the real world.
More information at www.ntu.ac.uk/ares

103
7400_ARES_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:48 Page 3
MRes / MSc / PG Dip
Animal Health and Welfare

This course is designed to provide you with a comprehensive understanding of the health and
welfare of animals within the context of uses and interactions with humans. It will enable you to
develop into an independent scientific researcher and explore ways of furthering the current
knowledge of animal health and welfare.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
MRes applicants: 2.1 honours
degree in a related subject.
MSc and PG Dip applicants:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Modules
Study options:
Ethology and Welfare (Animal)
One year full-time

(starts September)
Research Methods and Data

Analysis
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Comparative Performance
Biology (MSc only)
Fees: www.ntu.ac.uk/arespgfees
Animal Health, Disease Control

and Surveillance (MSc only)

Youll have access to

our modern animal
unit which houses
over 200 animals.
BRACK
104
You will study animal physiology

and ethology in relation to
maximising animal health and
welfare. You will explore the current
issues / insights at the forefront of
animal science and the
philosophical, welfare and ethical
issues related to these. You will
critically evaluate general patterns
in animal cognition, behaviour,
psychological functioning and
experience, and appreciate how
this relates to the application of
health and welfare science. You will
also have the opportunity to benefit
from our excellent links with
organisations abroad.
Ethics and Consultation (Animal)

(MSc only)
Animal Health (MRes only)
Research Project
Study methods and

assessment
The course is delivered through a
mixture of lectures, seminars and
practical sessions. You will have
opportunities to present your work
to peers and academic staff.
Independent learning is required,
and you will undertake high-quality
research for the masters awards.
Modules are assessed by a variety
of methods including case studies,
student-led seminars, literature
reviews, and presentations that will
allow you to demonstrate
understanding, objective critical
analysis skills and the ability to
communicate findings in a scientific
manner.
Career development
Successful completion of the
course will create employment
opportunities within the animal
sector, as well as within research
areas, such as animal, human
health and sport industries.
Some examples are: animal
welfare organisations; international
animal federations; sporting /
performance industries and
organisations; animal consultancy
health, behaviour, training and
welfare; charitable societies,
governing bodies and relevant
non-government organisations
(NGOs); nutritionists and nutrition
advisers; sports psychology;
competition training; rehabilitation;
animal-related law; animal / equine
journalism; medical sales;
insurance; coaching; lecturing;
research industry; research
assistant.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Animal and

7400_ARES_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:48 Page 4
MRes
Applied Anthrozoology
Anthrozoology is the study of human-animal interactions. There is an increased awareness
of the importance of understanding this dynamic across a wide variety of circumstances,
from agricultural production, companionship and sporting disciplines, to situations where
the human-animal interaction can be utilised for mutual benefit.
Study options:
This course aims to expand your

knowledge and appreciation of
how humans and animals interact,
covering both the theoretical and
practical aspects. There is an
emphasis on examining the
dynamic from the animals
perspective, whilst adopting a
multidisciplinary approach to the
wider subject area. You will discover
how this knowledge can be applied
to practical situations, such as in
animal rescue / rehoming centres,
enhancing agricultural production
or involving animals in a
therapeutic programme for autistic
children.
One year full-time

(starts September)
Modules
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Benefit from our

excellent links to
partner organisations
and conservation
projects across the
world.
Human-Animal Interactions
Ethics and Consultation (Animal)
Analysis
Career development
Successful completion of the
course will create employment
opportunities within the wider
animal sector, as well as within
research areas, such as animal
health, human health and
sport industries. Some examples
are: animal welfare organisations;
international animal federations;
sporting / performance industries
and organisations; animal
consultancy health, behaviour,
training and welfare; charitable
societies, governing bodies and
relevant non-government
organisations (NGOs); sports
psychology; competition training;
rehabilitation; animal-related Law;
animal / equine journalism;
coaching; counsellors / therapists;
lecturing; research industry;
research assistant.
Research Project
Study methods and

assessment
You will be taught using a mixture
of lectures, seminars and practical
sessions. You will also have
Independent learning is required
The course will use a variety of
assessment methods such as case
studies, student-led seminars,
literature reviews, and
presentations that will allow you to
demonstrate understanding,
objective critical analysis skill, and
the ability to communicate findings
in a scientific manner.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Anthrozoology

BRACK
105
7400_ARES_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:48 Page 5
MRes / MSc / PG Dip
Biodiversity Conservation
Increasing pressure on land-use across the world has led to a growing demand for postgraduates
with environmental surveying qualifications. This course is one of the few in the UK to be
accredited by the Chartered Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (CIEEM).
It meets the rising need for highly skilled conservationists with academic qualifications at
masters level.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
You will develop specialist scientific

skills in areas such as protected
species surveying, geographical
information systems (GIS), and
environmental assessment and
consultancy. You will enhance your
research expertise so that you can
analyse and report findings to a
high scientific standard, and
communicate to a wide range of
audiences. You will also be able to
benefit from our excellent links with
organisations abroad.
Study methods and

assessment
Conservation Priorities
Specialist researchers and staff

teach current industry techniques
and research skills, supplemented
by practical sessions and lectures
from some of the most experienced
consultants in the country. You are
assessed through written
assignments, a dissertation and
formal examinations. MSc and
MRes degree students will complete
an individual research project in a
chosen area of interest. This can be
undertaken at Brackenhurst campus
or elsewhere in the UK or abroad.

5.5 in each skill)
Species Recovery: Theories,

Methods and Techniques
Career development
Study options:
Environmental Assessment and

Consultancy
One year full-time

(starts September)
Protected Species Surveying

related subject.
basis.
Modules
Geographical Information
Systems (GIS)
Two years part-time

(starts September)

Analysis
Research Project

This course is designed to be

vocationally relevant, cultivating
expertise and transferable skills to
maximise your career potential.
The diverse and expanding range
of job roles include: environmental
or ecological consultant; biological
surveyor; species officer; reserve
warden; education officer; and
expedition leader. Recent masters
graduates are now employed by
organisations such as Rutland
Water Nature Reserve, FPCR
Ecology and Baker Consultants.
Course accredited by
Get involved with our

conservation projects
in woodland, wetland,
farm and grasslands.
BRACK
106
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Biodiversity and

7400_ARES_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:48 Page 6
MRes / MSc / PG Dip
Endangered Species Recovery and Conservation

Delivered in conjunction with the internationally-renowned Durrell Conservation Academy, this
postgraduate degree will provide you with an international outlook on species recovery. You will
help meet the global need for academically proficient and technically expert individuals in the field
of conservation.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
The combination of theory and

practical sessions will enable you to
develop an holistic approach to
endangered species recovery and
conservation, recognising the need
for in-situ and ex-situ approaches
and bridging gaps between these
disciplines. The School of Animal,
Rural and Environmental Sciences
has invested heavily in facilities,
campus habitats and research
programmes that support wildlife
conservation. Course lecturers are
actively involved in ongoing species
recovery programmes within the UK
and overseas.
Study methods and

assessment
consultants in the country.
You are assessed through written
assignments, a dissertation and
formal examinations. MSc and
MRes degree students will complete
an individual research project in a
chosen area of interest. This can be
undertaken at Brackenhurst campus
or elsewhere in the UK or abroad.

5.5 in each skill)
Modules
Conservation Priorities
Career development
Study options:
Species Recovery: Theories,

Methods and Techniques
This course has been designed to

enhance employment or research
opportunities, cultivating expertise
and transferable skills to maximise
your career potential. The diverse
and expanding range of job roles
include: project manager; field
manager; conservation officer;
research officer; reserve warden;
PhD researcher. Recent masters
graduates are now employed by
organisations such as The Royal
Society for the Protection of Birds
(RSPB), New England Forestry
Foundation, Bombay Natural
History Society, Lung Fu Shan
Environmental Centre and CDP,
Global Environmental Reporting
System.
One year full-time

(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Captive Breeding and Husbandry

Conservation Genetics
Geographical Information
Systems (GIS)
Analysis
Research Project
Supplementary Field Trip The
Durrell Wildlife Conservation
Trust (additional fee required)
The Endangered Species Teaching

Team has been nominated by
students in every year for a
national postgraduate award.
Undertake a research
project using NTUs
links with national and
international
conservation projects.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Endangered and

BRACK
107
7400_ARES_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:48 Page 7
MRes Equine Performance

MRes Equine Health and Welfare
MSc / PG Dip Equine Performance, Health and Welfare
This suite of postgraduate courses provides a thorough understanding of Equine Health,
Performance and Welfare within the context of the human use of horses. We are one of the few
universities in the UK to offer taught multidisciplinary modules that develop the scientific expertise
and comprehensive understanding that potential employers are looking for.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
The MSc and PG Diploma focus on

recent advances in equine health
and disease, sports horse nutrition,
behaviour, ethics, exercise
physiology, equitation science, and
genetics in the context of
enhancing performance, health and
welfare.
The MSc is ideal for candidates
wanting to acquire a broad, indepth knowledge of Equine
Performance, Health and Welfare
and to undertake an independent
research project.
The MRes provides the opportunity
to specialise to a higher degree and
undertake taught modules and
research in either Equine
Performance or Equine Health and
Welfare.
On these courses you will enhance
your research expertise, enabling
you to analyse and report findings
to a high scientific standard, and
communicate to a wide range of
audiences. You will also benefit
from our wide ranging links with
industry and scientific institutions
worldwide.
Modules
Equine Health
Equestrian Performance
Ethics and Consultation
Ethology and Welfare
Analysis (Core for MRes)
Research Project
BRACK
108
Study methods and

assessment
consultants in the country. You will
be assessed through written
assignments, research project, oral
presentation and examinations.
Career development
The course will provide you with the
professional skills, experience and
knowledge necessary to pursue a
wide range of careers. Recent
masters graduates are now
employed as lecturers, nutritionists,
research assistants, equine
journalists and independent
consultants. Other potential
positions and fields include: medical
marketing and sales; scientific
journalist; rehabilitation; sports
psychology and coaching; and
equine behaviourist.
Benefit from major

investment in
facilities such as a
BHS (British Horse
Society) approved
Equestrian Centre and
a modern Veterinary
Nursing Unit.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Equine and

7400_ARES_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:48 Page 8
Samantha Huffman
MSc Equine Performance Health and Welfare
Most of my lecturers have carried out research that is
relevant to the course. Its great to have staff that
have such hands-on experience in the research
community.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/samanthahuffman to hear
more about Samanthas experience.
7400_ARES_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:48 Page 9
MRes / MSc / PG Dip
Global Food Security and Development

Almost one in eight people around the world are chronically undernourished. Recurrent food price
spikes and socio-political unrest, climate change, land degradation and scarcity of natural
resources coupled with decline in rural communities and livelihoods have placed food security
high on the development agenda.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Excellent links with

organisations
worldwide provide
opportunities for
international research
fieldwork and
exchange visits.
BRACK
110
You will take an interdisciplinary

approach to studying food security,
using insights from agro-ecological
sciences, geography, international
development, social and political
science and innovation studies. The
course will use research-informed
teaching to explore and analyse
global food security issues, the
factors that affect food security
outcomes, the solutions to food
security problems, and the planning
and execution of food security
interventions.
Modules
Food Security and Food Systems
Analysis
Innovations for Food Security
Food Security and International
Development Cooperation
Analysis
Research Project
Study methods and

assessment
You will be taught using a range of
methods including interactive
lectures, detailed case studies,
tutorials, workshops, computer lab
sessions, seminars, study visits, and
placements. You will also have
Independent learning is required
Assessment is entirely
coursework-based and combines
a diversity of methods, including
written assignments, oral
presentations and a dissertation.
These will allow you to demonstrate
understanding, objective critical
analysis skills and the ability to
communicate findings in a
systematic manner.
Career development
will create employment
opportunities for students in a
broad range of organisations such
as: United Nations institutions and
programmes; government
departments for agriculture, food or
rural development; international
donor agencies; national and
international non-government
organisations (NGOs); charitable
organisations; private sector
agribusiness corporations and
consultancies; policy and think
tanks.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Food and

7400_ARES_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:48 Page 10
Our research
Research within the School of Animal, Rural and Environmental
Sciences is embedded within the taught curriculum and provides
the opportunity for students to be involved in national and
international projects. Examples of research in the School
include:
Ecology and Conservation

Using occupancy analysis to validate the use of footprint
tunnels as a method for monitoring the hedgehog Erinaceus
europaeus.
An investigation into the effect of individual personality on
re-introduction success, with examples from three North
American fox species: swift fox, California Channel Island fox
and San Joaquin kit fox.
Animal Health and Welfare

An assessment of the aversive nature of an animal
management procedure (clipping horses) using behavioural
and physiological measures.
The effects of altered distances between obstacles on the jump
kinematics and apparent joint angulations of large agility dogs.
A natural carbohydrate fraction Actigen from Saccharomyces
cerevisiae cell wall: effects on goblet cells, gut morphology and
performance of broiler chickens.
Sustainable Agriculture, Food Security,

and Rural Development
Heterogeneity in climate change risk perception amongst dairy
farmers: a latent class clustering analysis.
Power in global agriculture: economics, politics, and natural
resources.
Developing sustainable farmer-led extension groups: lessons
from a Bangladeshi case study.
Overview of selected soil pore water extraction methods for
potentially toxic elements determination in contaminated soils:
operational and technical aspects.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/ares_research for more information about
our research projects.
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 1
School of Architecture, Design

and the Built Environment
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 2
Our industry-focused courses combine theory, expert insights and live project
experience, as well as professional accreditation. All include key themes such as
internationalisation, global citizenship and sustainability, and utilise our extensive
resources and expertise across the entire sector. Our courses offer flexible learning,
including part-time, distance learning and continuing professional development study
routes.
Why choose the School of Architecture,
Design and the Built Environment?
We offer accredited courses, working in conjunction
with professional bodies.
Our academics are experts in their fields with
excellent links to industry.
We have partnerships with a number of major
regional, national and international organisations
with companies such as Mace, Vinci, Laing ORourke
and Willmott Dixon.
Many of our courses offer an international field trip
included in your fees, allowing you to experience
global markets and industries.
Excellent facilities
You will have access to our industry-standard
facilities and workshops, which are equipped with
the latest technology and software. We offer
structural testing and extensive laboratories in
concrete, soils, materials and hydraulics. Our
Creative and Virtual Technologies Lab is equipped
with cutting-edge facilities including: visualisation
technologies (augmented reality, virtual reality);
human computer interaction systems; and BIM /
3D modelling / rendering software. We also have
various 3D printers; model making workshops; and
a Helidodon, which demonstrates the movement
of the sun.
Our facilities are industry-standard with the latest

technology and software.
Our research is world-leading and informs our
teaching.
Research with a global impact

With a strong profile and international reputation,
our research seeks innovative solutions to real-life
problems with direct relevance to the needs of society,
industry and commerce across the globe; taking an
inter-disciplinary approach aligned to key government
strategic agendas.
Our academics are cited in international publications
and journals for their world-class research, advising on
architectural heritage management and design for the
future; analysing global real estate markets; testing and
integrating onsite visualisation techniques into Building
Information Model (BIM) for construction projects;
finding new solutions to renewable energy use and
sustainable consumption; lean project management;
and working with surgeons, clinicians and healthcare
companies across the world on developing advanced
medical products.
95%
of our postgraduate students go on to employment

or further study six months after graduating.
More information at www.ntu.ac.uk/adbe

113
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 3
MArch
Architecture
This course is design focused, with emphasis on a research-informed approach that develops
architects with a broad outlook competent to work within both local and global communities
and contexts. Accredited by the Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA), the course focuses on
productive architecture, emphasising thinking and making within particular places and contexts.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Creative portfolio
The course embraces the challenge

of contemporary architectural
practice, focusing on educating the
global architect through projects
set in local, national, and
international contexts. It has six
key strategic ambitions: education
of the architect with a global
outlook; research into and through
design; a vertical studio, with
students from both years working
together; shaping the existing and
the new built environment;
celebrating individual and
collaborative work; and awareness
of architectures cross-disciplinary
nature.
Included in the course fees is the
opportunity to go on an overseas
trip. Students recently went to
Turin, Italy, and visited factory sites
for potential development.
Study options:
Two years full-time
(starts September)
Fees: www.ntu.ac.uk/adbepgfees
Modules
Year One

Vertical Studio I

This course is validated by the Royal
Institute of British Architects (RIBA)
to provide exemption from Part Two
examinations.
Intervening in the City

Architectural Theory and
Research Methods
Management, Practice and Law
Architectural Technology and
Construction Methods
Year Two
Vertical Studio II
Study methods and

assessment
The modules are delivered through
lectures; workshops; international
and home field trips; site visits;
group projects; tutorials; and
seminars. You will develop through
independent study, reading and
research. The course also offers a
live lecture series. Recent industry
speakers have included a number of
RIBA Stirling Awards prize winners.
Graduate-level research is
underpinned by components
embedded in several modules
dealing with key aspects of the
discipline: technology and
sustainability, theory and history
and design method approaches.
You will be assessed through a
variety of methods including group
project work; critiques; essays;
reports; presentations; exams; and
a research dissertation.
Career development
This course is the next step to
becoming a qualified architect.
Graduates have gone on to hold
various architectural roles in
companies such as Davidsons
Development, Marchini Curran
Associates and HKR Architects
amongst others, whilst working
towards their Part Three
examinations.
Design Thesis
This course is prescribed by the
Architects Registration Board (ARB),
for the purposes of entry onto the UK
Register of Architects.
CITY
114
Dissertation / Research Project

Digital Design (option)
Heritage and Conservation
(option)
Take part in an
international field trip,
included in your fees.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Architecture and

7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 4
Scott Hughes
MArch Architecture
The course here stood out not only
as the most enjoyable, but also closely
linked with industry and preparing you
for life after graduation. Deciding to
study here was an easy choice.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/scotthughes to
read more about Scotts experience.
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 5
Hamdi Gabani
MA Interior Architecture and Design
I enjoy the challenging, wide range of projects
and the design development process aspects of
my course. The lecturers are supportive and
insightful and care about student progression.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/hamdigabani to read
more about Hamdis experience.
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 6
MA / PG Dip / PG Cert
Interior Architecture and Design

This design-driven course develops principles and techniques necessary for creating innovative
design solutions to interior spaces. Specialising in an area of personal interest within the course
framework, you will expand and develop advanced design thinking and the skills required for
creating design, management and technological solutions to a range of challenges.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
This visual and interactive course

gives you the opportunity to
become an architectural design
innovator and problem solver,
combining practical skills with
spatial awareness, practical
applications and function. You will
gain a deep understanding of the
role of an interior architect, ready to
move straight into industry upon
graduation.
The course develops skilled
professionals qualified to solve and
manage complex problems related
to interior architecture from
advanced cultural, environmental
and design perspectives.
Submission of work
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
CPD modules available
Modules
Design Communication for
Interior Architecture and Design
Design Studio 1
Study methods and

assessment
Teaching and learning methods
include lectures; seminars;
tutorials; critiques; case studies;
workshops; site visits and field
trips. Project work will be individual
and group-based.
Input from professional
organisations will bring you into
contact with specific, up-to-date
developments and expertise.
In addition, the course also pays
special attention to developing key
skills in independent learning and
research.
All assessment is based on
coursework, requiring you to
undertake practical work together
with research and critical evaluation
to demonstrate the link between
theory and practice.
Research Methods
Technical Communications
Career development
Design Studio 2
The courses multidisciplinary

approach will open doors for you to
work in a variety of roles within art,
design and architectural practices.
Major Study Project for Designed

Environment

Recent graduate roles have

included interior architect, interior
designer, retail architect, and in
design firms and consultancies in
the UK and overseas.
Gain a deep
understanding of the
role of an interior
architect.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Interior and

CITY
117
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 7
Professional Certificate in
Architecture (PCiA)
This course provides professional and educational support while you gain the vital experience in
practice to progress towards your RIBA Part Three examinations.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Architecture qualification with
RIBA / ARB Part One status.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
Flexible start date, supporting
you for a maximum of 15
months
The course includes mentoring,

advice, monitoring and support in
respect of your Professional
Education and Development
Records (PEDR). This is a
mandatory component of the RIBA
Examination in Professional Practice
and Management in conjunction
with Part Three studies.
Study methods and

assessment
To qualify as an architect you must

complete a PEDR. This course
provides a framework for
endorsement of your PEDR through
a professional studies adviser who
will guide you and advise you over a
15-month period.
This course does not represent a

placement programme. You are
required to identify and negotiate
your own employment
opportunities.
You will be invited to attend a

one-day symposium three times a
year, where you can discuss and
compare your experiences with
colleagues. Keynote lectures will be
provided in accordance with what
you identify as being relevant to
your work and development.
Modules
This course consists of a single
15-month module:
Your assessment is based on a

review of a professional diary that
you are required to maintain,
recording your weekly reflections
on the realities of practice over
the 15-month period.
Career development
PCiA students generally continue on
the professional pathway in
Architecture.
On completion of the PCiA,
students would normally either
obtain a place on a Part Two course,
such as our MArch Architecture, or
extend their professional practice,
gaining further workplace
experience before applying to a
Part Two course.
Professional Studies in
Architecture
Course provides
professional and
educational support
while you gain vital
experience.
CITY
118
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Architecture and

7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 8
Postgraduate Certificate
Planning, Urban Design and Sustainable

Development
Designed specifically for professionals working full-time, this part-time course is essential for those
delivering a new generation of homes and communities. It has been created alongside the
development of the National Planning Policy Framework, the new National Planning Practice
Guidance and Building for Life 12TM.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Third class honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
The course will develop your

knowledge, skills and appreciation
of urban design. You will explore
the planning system, with particular
concepts relating to localism and
associated policy tools such as
Neighbourhood Plans.
You will also develop a stronger
understanding of Building for Life
12 and Built for Life, including its
evolution and application.
Modules
Study options:
Urban Design and Master

Planning
One year part-time

(starts September)
Localism, Planning and

Development
Design Quality in Residential Led

Development (including Building
for Life 12)

This course is recognised by the
Urban Design Group as satisfying part
of the educational requirement to
become a Recognised Practitioner in
Urban Design.
Career development
The course is designed for
practitioners as well as those who
wish to develop a specialism within
the area. It is relevant to those at
all stages of their career.
Participants have come from
companies such as Barratt Homes,
David Wilson Homes, Davidsons
Homes, Redrow Homes and many
more.
This course will develop
subject-specific knowledge and
understanding that will enhance
your career options. You can
continue your studies with an
MSc Built Environment Studies,
choosing from the Schools other
postgraduate modules.
Study methods and

assessment
include: short, intensive study days;
individual study; and study guides.
Telephone and email-based tutorial
support is also available.
The delivery of the course is
enhanced by: visiting external
practitioners; extensive use of case
studies and projects; and national
site visits. Previous site visits have
included a study tour of Kent, Essex
and Cambridge. Students also
visited Copenhagen, Denmark and
Malmo, Sweden, to look at
examples of cutting-edge housing
designs.
Assessment is 100% coursework.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Urban and

A unique, flexible
course for house
builders.
CITY
119
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 9
Planning, Real Estate and Surveying courses

These professionally accredited fast-track conversion degrees are for graduates from disciplines
unrelated to real estate and construction.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
subject unrelated, or partially
related, to real estate or
construction.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Learn about different

markets on an
international trip,
included in your fees.
CITY
120
Study methods and

assessment
include a mix of contact and noncontact activities, including lectures;
seminars; presentations; group
projects and exercises; and
independent and self-directed
study and research.
Learning is enhanced by live
projects with industry, visiting guest
speakers from organisations such as
Laing ORourke and Cushman &
Wakefield alongside field trips to UK
sites. Trips to European cities such
as Budapest, Hungary, Prague,
Czech Republic and Frankfurt,
Germany, will help you gain an
understanding of international
markets. You will also have the
chance to undertake a short
internship.
You will be assessed through project
work and presentations (individual
and group); assignments and
reports; a research proposal and
dissertation; and examinations.
Dissertation, Consultancy
Project or Internship?
You have the option to choose a
dissertation, a consultancy project
or a professional internship for your
major project module.
The internship is a month working
for a company. Internships are
subject to availability and can be
taken in the UK or abroad. You will
be required to complete a project
during your internship and produce
a report.
Mentor scheme
We offer the opportunity for
students to have an industry
mentor, often an NTU alumnus.
The mentors share their
professional experience and
expertise, offering advice and
direction. These relationships have
led to work experience, internships
and employment.
Career development
These courses provide a strong
foundation for you to embark on a
career in the real estate and
construction industries, leading to
Chartered Surveyor status.
Thanks to our expertise and
reputation, our graduates are highly
regarded by employers. Many have
gone on to work for a wide range of
national and international
organisations in senior roles.
Recent graduates are working for
companies in the UK and
internationally including Vinci,
Transport for London, Faithful +
Gould, Cushman & Wakefield, Laing
ORourke, and Frank Knight. They
hold roles such as real estate
consultant; valuation surveyor;
head of facility management;
director, quantity surveyor; and
regional director.

Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Property and

7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 10
Each course provides a broad understanding of the real estate / property and construction
industries allowing you to develop a specialism and expertise in your chosen field through specific
modules and numerous opportunities to engage with industry.
Building Surveying
The course develops the skills you
need to become a chartered
building surveyor. It focuses
specifically on the two key areas of
a building surveyors work. Firstly,
building performance and
pathology (inspections; evaluations;
maintenance and remediation of
defects) and secondly, the project
management of building works
(with an emphasis on the extension
and refurbishment of existing
buildings).
Modules
Law and Ethics
Property and Construction Economics
Research Methods and Study Skills
Building Technology
Professional Practice
Building Pathology
Conversion, Adaptation and Care of Buildings
Contract Administration
Postgraduate Dissertation / Consultancy Project or Internship
International Real Estate Investment and Finance

This course is designed for those
wishing to pursue a career in the
real estate investment and finance
business in international markets.
It focuses on real estate markets
and institutions; appraisal; finance;
investment and development
valuation. It will develop the skills
and abilities necessary on the
advisory side as a chartered
surveyor, or on the client side
working for investors.
Modules
International Property Markets Analysis
Real Estate Valuation and Appraisal
Real Estate Investment
Real Estate Funding and Finance

CITY
121
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 11
Planning and Development

This course has a development,
planning and valuation focus,
making it particularly appropriate
to applicants wishing to gain
in-depth knowledge into these
aspects of the property and
construction business.
Modules
Law and Ethics
Construction, Investment and Planning
Planning Practice
Development Practice
Quantity Surveying
This course develops the contract
and cost management skills needed
to become a quantity surveyor; a
role that sits at the heart of the
construction process. You will learn
about the various procurement
options available in the UK and
overseas, and develop approaches
that seek to maximise client value
while reducing cost to a
construction project.
Modules
Law and Ethics
Building Technology
Procurement and Cost Studies
Contract Administration
Measurement
Real Estate
This course focuses on investment,
development valuation, and agency
and property management. You
will gain insights into the UK legal
and planning system, making this
course particularly relevant for
students wishing to work for
national organisations, real estate
consultancies and private practices.
Modules
Law and Ethics
Construction, Investment and Planning
Real Estate Management and Agency
Real Estate Investment
CITY
122

7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 12
Anastassiya Borodina
MSc Real Estate
Having studied Business Management for my
undergraduate degree, I felt my knowledge
was too broad. I was so taken with the
dynamic nature of real estate investment,
I decided to study MSc Real Estate. I now have
specialist skills needed to start my career.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/anastassiyaborodina
to read more about Anastassiyas experience.
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 13
Construction Management
This course is designed for graduates and managers in the construction industry who wish to work
in national and international markets. Accredited by the most prestigious construction related
professional bodies in the UK, it will further develop your knowledge of the process associated with
construction management.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
This industry accredited course has

been designed in consultation with
professional bodies and employers.
You will cover areas including the
organisation and management of
construction projects; people and
organisations; financial and legal
considerations; latest information
technology; economics; and health,
safety and environment.
You will have the opportunity to go
on an international field trip, giving
you a perspective on the real-world
challenges facing the international
construction industry. Previous
destinations have included Berlin,
Germany, Abu Dhabi, UAE, and
Hong Kong, China.
Two years part-time

Modules
Managing Construction
Technology
Integrated Working
Projects 1

Managing Organisations and

People
Construction Business
Environment
Construction Health and Safety
Legal Studies
Projects 2
Postgraduate Research Skills and
Dissertation
Study methods and

assessment
The course is delivered by tutors,
invited practitioners and industry
experts such as Paul Morrell, the
Governments first Chief
Construction Adviser. Study
methods include lectures;
workshops; interactive seminars;
site visits; and projects. Previous
years have visited project
management exhibitions and
professional bodies meetings.
You will be assessed on the learning
outcomes of each module.
Assessment includes examinations;
assignments (comprising of essays;
case studies; reports; portfolios; and
presentations); group projects; and
a dissertation.
Career development
You will graduate with improved
professional and technical skills in
managerial, economic, legal and
business areas.
Recent graduate destinations have
included the National Grid, Balfour
Beatty, Douglas Smith Construction
Consultancy Ltd, Tower Surveys Ltd,
Vinci Construction, EC Harris and
many more. Graduates have also
gone on to work in international
locations such as with Gavankar
Builders and Developers in India.
Job roles held include project
manager, construction manager
and project development officer.
Take part in an
international field trip
covered in your fees.
CITY
124
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Construction and

7400_ADBE_Layout 1 02/10/2015 14:44 Page 14
Project Management (Construction)

This course enhances your understanding of project management in the construction industry,
in particular the role of the construction project manager and the needs of the client.

basis.
You will increase your knowledge

and understanding of the systems
and processes necessary to achieve
successful project outcomes,
including legal and contractual
constraints and people
management skills. You will cover
project briefing, explore design and
development issues, and develop
the skills to create appropriate
procurement strategies.
Modules

5.5 in each skill)
Integrated Working
Career development
Initiation and Procuring of Projects
Study options:
Managing Construction Projects
One year full-time

Managing Organisations and

People
Two years part-time

Construction Business
Environment
Design, Value and Cost
MSc Distance learning two to

five years (starts September)
Legal Studies

excellent employment
opportunities. Previous graduates
have expanded on existing roles to
incorporate project management in
a wider range of activities. Many
are successfully pursuing careers
at senior management level on
prestigious projects across the
world, such as Jones Lang LaSalle in
Switzerland, and in Malaysia.
PG Cert Distance learning one

year (starts September)
Postgraduate Research Skills and

Dissertation
Study methods and

assessment
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.

MSc course accredited by
Introduction to Lean Construction
Teaching methods for the full-time

and part-time routes include
lectures; workshops; interactive
seminars; possible site visits; and
projects. You will be assessed on
the learning outcomes of each
module. Assessment includes
examinations; assignments;
(including essays; case studies;
reports; portfolios; and
presentations); group projects; and
a dissertation.
PG Cert by Distance Learning

For the distance learning students,
you will receive study guides,
supplemented by online material to
support your learning. Weekend
schools are also available for
support and development.
You will be assessed on the learning
outcomes of each module.
Assessment includes project work,
portfolios and presentations.
Recent graduates have gone on to

work for Turner & Townsend, Buro
Four, Balfour Beatty, Clegg, and
Deloitte. They are employed in
roles including construction project
manager, cost manager, site
manager, and senior project
manager.
Flexible learning
methods available to
achieve an MSc.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Construction and

CITY
125
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 15
Dauda Jamiu Adetayo

MSc Structural Engineering with
Management
Having been in a consulting firm for a while,
I saw the need to really push ahead my
career. I wanted to advance my skills and
knowledge in the profession I found NTU
the perfect match.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/daudajamiuadetayo
to read more about Daudas experience.
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 16
Structural Engineering with Materials

Structural Engineering with Management
These courses are ideally suited to practising engineers, and relevant to recent graduates wishing
to boost their career in structural or civil engineering. They can lead to Chartered Engineer (CEng)
status, developing advanced knowledge in the design, construction and renovation of structures,
along with the opportunity to specialise in materials or project related management.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
MSc Structural Engineering

with Materials
Advanced Structural Analysis

aspiring to technical leadership
positions. It focuses on applying
engineering principles in advanced
materials behaviour and technical
themes within structural engineering.
Analysis and Design of Surface

Structures
Modules
Research Methods
Contemporary Themes in
Structural Engineering
Advanced Strength of Materials
Study options:
Finite Element Analysis
One year full-time

Advanced Structural Analysis
Two years part-time

Analysis and Design of Surface

Structures
Health Monitoring and

Rehabilitation of Surface
Structures
Advanced Construction Materials
Research Project / Dissertation
MSc Structural Engineering

with Management
considering senior management
positions. It focuses on applying
engineering principles in a
structural engineering and project
management context.
Modules
Research Methods
Contemporary Themes in
Managing Construction Projects
Finite Element Analysis
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Structural and

Construction Health and Safety
Introduction to Lean Construction

Study methods and

assessment
These courses are delivered through
lectures, tutorials, workshops, field
trips and case studies, via a mix of
weekday and weekend attendance.
Many modules also involve input
from external lecturers in industry.
You can design the course to suit
your timeframe on the part-time
route, studying between two to five
years. This allows you to continue
your professional career at the
same time.
Assessment is by a mix of
examinations and coursework
assignments. These are
supplemented by your individual
research thesis.
Career development
Many current students are
employed in Civil Engineering
consultancies, using the MSc as a
stepping stone for their career
development. Students from these
courses graduate with improved
technical and professional skills,
needed to progress in the
construction sector.
Graduates have gone on to work in
companies such as Vinci
Construction Ltd; SNC Lavalin;
Amey PLC; A-one+; and many more.
CITY
127
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 17
Product Design courses

Our Product Design courses initiate and encourage experimentation, innovation and development
within a multidisciplinary environment. They inspire you to think commercially, professionally and
realistically.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Submission of work
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Collaboration with organisations

such as PepsiCo, Unilever and the
NHS, along with industry
professionals and university experts,
will give you a broader education in
design, allied to new technologies
and thinking.
Study methods and

assessment
These courses are coursework
based and culminate in a
self-defined major project.
Study methods include lectures,
seminars, studio work, field trips to
events such as Design Week, and
project work.
Career development
On completion of one of our
product design courses you will
have a skill set ready to move into
industry in your chosen area.
Graduates have gone on to work for
Nestl; Dyson; PepsiCo; Core
Product Design; Maddison Product
Design; while other graduates have
formed their own companies. Roles
have included full design engineer,
designer, product designer and
many more.

An intensive first 15 weeks will

enhance your key skills in areas
including computer-aided design
(CAD), modelling drawing and
research skills.
One of our modules includes an
exciting lecture series delivered by
experts from a wide range of design
practice and research disciplines,
such as Webb deVlam a strategic
brand design firm ranked 23rd in
Design Weeks Top 100 Design
Consultancy Survey.
You will define a learning
agreement throughout the first
term to develop a project based on
your aspirations and knowledge.
You will do this with your academic
supervisor and any potential
collaborating parties.
Design innovation,
experimentation and
development within
a multidisciplinary
environment.
CITY
128
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Product and

7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 18
MA
Product Design
This course is aimed at the designer
who wants to develop innovative
products, systems and services for
the mass market. The variety of
modules will help you consider
materials and manufacturing, as
well as a range of strategies to
better understand the end user and
global market forces. You will be
able to develop an idea and fully
consider its marketing, branding
and packaging.
Modules
Career development
Design Tools and Processes
Career opportunities include

product design, consultancy,
interaction design, trend
forecasting / prediction and
strategic design.
Research Methods
Horizon Scanning
Multidisciplinary Innovation
Project
Product Futures
Advanced Design Communication
Major Study Project
MA
Furniture and Product Design

This course is for the designer who
wishes to develop furniture, interior
products and quality artefacts. It
has a focus on the finer end of the
market, looking at opportunities for
low-run batch production. You will
explore how furniture and product
design production is challenging, and
consider the influence of digital
technology and media. You will also
challenge the relationship between
traditional craft skills, new technology
and modern manufacturing.
Modules
Career development
You will be able to work on an

international level in a wide range
of areas, including design
consultancy, the furniture and
design industry, design
management, and craft-based
manufacturing.
Research Methods
Horizon Scanning
Project
Furniture Futures
Advanced Design
Communication
Major Study Project
MA
Product Design and Business

This course integrates advanced
study of product design with
business and marketing. It offers a
practical introduction to those
wishing to develop their creative
ideas into viable businesses, to
exploit the potential of their
intellectual property, or to develop
their understanding of commerce
and the product design industry.
Modules
Career development
You will advance in areas such as

design consultancy, design
management, business
consultancy, independent design
practice, and manufacturing.
It is ideal for design graduates

wishing to enhance business skills
and to produce products with
strong market potential.
Major Study Project
Research Methods
Horizon Scanning
Project
Design Thinking
Design Management

CITY
129
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 19
MA / MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert
Smart Design
These courses give you the
opportunity to become a design
innovator. The MSc, accredited by
the Institution of Engineering
Designers, develops a critical
understanding of advanced
technologies and materials science
in product development. The MA
develops multidisciplinary design,
technological and material skills,
focusing on form and function, usercentred design methods and critical
thinking in a commercial world.
Modules
Career development
You will be equiped to work in a

wide range of design related areas,
such as those involving textiles,
medical / clinical devices, packaging
and robotics design.
Research Methods
Horizon Scanning
Project
Applied Design and Research
MSc course accredited by
Technology Futures (MSc only)

Design Futures (MA only)
Major Study Project
MA / MSc
Medical Product Design

The MA and MSc Medical Product
Design courses have been
developed in collaboration with the
medical professions, such as the
NHS. They focus on the application
of new and innovative materials
and technologies within the
healthcare industry. The courses
provide a strong foundation in
materials and technology analysis,
and ethical principles in relation to
medical device innovation,
regulation and design.
Modules
Career development
You will be prepared for a career in

medical product development by
working on current medical
research projects and through
hands-on practical experience.
Research Methods
Horizon Scanning
Multidisciplinary Innovation Project
Medical Design
Theory and Practice
Technology for Health and
Wellbeing (MSc only)
Design for Health and Wellbeing
(MA only)
Major Study Project
Advanced Product Design Engineering

This course covers product design,
mechatronics, computer-aided
engineering, manufacturing,
mechanical and electrical
engineering, and robotics. It
focuses on product development,
innovation, and industrial outcomes
using modern tools and techniques.
Modules
Career development
Research Methods
You will gain a range of

transferable, technical and
engineering skills to establish a
career in the industrial or
engineering sectors.
Multidisciplinary Innovation Project

Robotics and Emerging
Technologies
Advanced Product Design and
Manufacturing Technologies
Engineering Management
Computer Aided Engineering and
Internet Technologies
Major Study Project
CITY
130

7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 20
Mark Golab
MSc Medical Product Design
During the course we worked with
companies such as PepsiCo, EDF and
Electrolux. They were really insightful
and you really learnt how to design
for the consumer market.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/markgolab to
hear more about Marks experience.
7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 21
MSc
Built Environment Studies

This part-time course offers the opportunity for flexible cross-disciplinary study, selecting modules
from an extensive range of postgraduate built environment modules. This enables you to create a
bespoke MSc relevant to your own interests, specialisms and career.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
You will work alongside existing

masters courses within the School,
benefiting from cross-disciplinary
learning experiences delivered by
subject specialists.
The course is structured on a credit
accumulation basis and completion
of each module is certificated,
counting towards your CPD and
contributing to a final award of an
MSc with 180 credit points.
Modules
The modules are selected from our
existing postgraduate courses.
Study options:
These include:
Two-to-five years part-time

MSc Advanced Product Design

Engineering
MSc Building Surveying
MSc Construction Management

MA Interior Architecture and

Design
MSc International Real Estate
Investment and Finance
MA / MSc Medical Product
Design
MSc Planning and Development
MA Product Design
MSc Project Management
(Construction)
Study methods and

assessment
All modules are taught. Teaching
and learning methods include
lectures, seminars, tutorials,
critiques, case studies, workshops,
site visits and field trips.
Extensive independent research
and self-directed study is also
expected at this level. Additional
contribution from industry and
professional organisations brings
you into contact with current
thinking and expertise.
The majority of modules are
assessed by coursework submission.
Where modules are drawn from
professionally accredited courses,
assessment formats may be bound
by professional body requirements.
Career development
The course is designed for those
who want to pursue, advance or
refocus their careers in specialised
areas of the built environment
and / or those who need to develop
higher-level expertise, skills and
capabilities. You can focus on the
areas needed for your own personal
career development.
MSc Quantity Surveying

MSc Real Estate
MA / MSc Smart Design
Management
Flexibility to build
your own programme
of built environment
modules.
CITY
132

Materials
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Built and

7400_ADBE_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:52 Page 22
Professional Doctorates in
Architecture, Design and the Built Environment

These courses, equivalent to a PhD, are increasingly recognised as the doctoral route of choice for
industry professionals through development of industry-based research that generates new
knowledge, and the application of that knowledge within professional contexts.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject;
A masters-level qualification
in related subject; and
A minimum of seven years
work experience in a related
field.
basis.
6.0 in each skill)
Study options:
The Professional Doctorate

programme offers a part-time
framework, delivered under six titles
(each associated with a specific
area of industry allied to the subject
disciplines), through five common
modules. Projects are supported
through the Schools research
groups ensuring access to the
forefront of research, knowledge,
theory and practice. It will develop
you as a reflective and reflexive
practitioner, with the adaptability
to deal with organisational change
and ambiguity.
Courses
Doctor of Architecture (DArch)
Doctor of Design (DDes)
Doctor of Engineering in Civil
Engineering (EngD)
Two-to-five years part-time

(starts January)
Doctor of Engineering in
Construction Management
(EngD)
Doctor of Engineering (EngD)
Doctor of Real Estate (DRealEst)
Study methods and

assessment
The Professional Doctorates are
delivered through a series of key
workshops associated with each
module. You will be assigned an
individual director of study to
support you in your research, and
you will be entitled to a specified
number of hours for supervisory
meetings.
You will also have access to the
impressive facilities within the
University and in particular the
School of Architecture, Design and
the Built Environment, including the
new Creative and Virtual
Technologies Research Lab.
Career development
By providing the opportunity to
advance your academic, research
and technical skills, Professional
Doctorates are considered to have
a substantial impact on
employment prospects in both the
immediate and longer term.

Complete your
research project
alongside students
from a range of
professional settings.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Doctorate and

CITY
133
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 1
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 2
Weve been teaching Art and Design since 1843, making us one of the UKs most
well-established, renowned and respected creative universities. Our postgraduate
courses give you the opportunity to tailor your learning to suit your interests and
career aspirations, while part-time options give you flexibility to study around your
existing commitments.
Why choose the School of Art & Design?
Outstanding facilities
Be supported and guided by our expert staff while

you work in our outstanding facilities.
You will be based in the Bonington or Waverley

buildings, both dedicated centres for Art and Design.
Our extensive facilities are supported by highly skilled
technical staff, and include:
Improve your employability with our strong

commercial links, extending your professional
practice through short internships, industry projects,
guest lectures and study visits.
a dedicated postgraduate studio for practice-based

students;
Benefit from the Schools dynamic, imaginative and

world-leading research activities, with opportunities
for you to get involved.
moulding, casting and resin workshops;
Study in the heart of a city with a thriving arts scene

and a strong creative economy, with lots of exciting
opportunities for you to take advantage of.
photographic studios, darkrooms, and camera store;
Join a community that is truly international, with

staff and students working together to share
differences in knowledge, skills, age and culture.
ceramic and glass kilns, metal and wood workshops;
digital garment and knitwear technology;

digital textile printing, loom and embroidery
equipment;
print room and dye facility;
computer-aided design (CAD) systems;
Our masters courses are project-based,

allowing you to tailor your learning to
suit your personal interests and career
aspirations.
laser cutting and engraving technology;

a working studio theatre;
audio and video suite with editing facilities;
Mac and PC IT suites; and
NTUs Bonington Gallery.
Flexible learning options

Our part-time masters courses offer flexible and
responsive teaching and learning. You can study them
around existing commitments, including employment,
and youll receive support through NOW, our online
workspace.
These courses include some compulsory timetabled
sessions at the University, but there is an emphasis on
independent learning and self-directed study. As a
part-time student you will still be invited to attend a
range of events, such as study trips, guest lectures and
master classes.
Take a look at recent student work on

pages 156 and 157.
More information at www.ntu.ac.uk/art

135
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 3
MA
Fashion Design
We have extensive expertise in fashion design, and this course has been designed to help you to
develop your creative design, academic and professional potential. You will devise an individual
programme of study in the form of a project, focusing on your career aspirations.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
Workshops in research, 2D / 3D
design, silhouette generation,
creative pattern cutting and fashion
visualisation will help to develop
your knowledge and skills in design,
construction and communication.
Based in our dedicated
postgraduate studio, you will work
alongside other Fashion, Textiles
and Knitwear Design students, and
have access to our extensive
fashion design facilities.
Study methods and

assessment
We will allocate you an academic
supervisor, who will support you in
the development of your project.
You will learn through lectures,
tutorials, seminars, workshops, live
projects, self-directed research and
independent studio practice.
Visiting designers, study trips to
London, Antwerp and Paris, and the
opportunity to exhibit your work
publicly will provide an industry
perspective.
Creative portfolio
You will be able to take advantage

of our impressive links with industry,
and have the opportunity to exhibit
your work publicly at New Designers
in London.
Study options:
Modules
One year full-time, 45 weeks

(starts September)
Research and Context

Project Development
Career development
Fees: www.ntu.ac.uk/artpgfees
Advanced Art and Design

Research (optional)

Project Realisation and

Presentation
This course leads to a wide range of

career opportunities including
designer, buyer, merchandiser,
production manager, trend
forecasting and styling.

Paul Smith Scholarship

5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Apply for one of our Paul Smith

Scholarships and have the
opportunity to travel to Japan and
spend six weeks studying at Bunka
Fashion College in Tokyo.
Assessment is based on coursework

including research, evidence of
reflective practice, formal
presentations, resolved fashion
designs, and a portfolio and CV.
You could also use the skills you will

develop to support a career in
teaching, lecturing, journalism or
progression to further study.
Recent graduates have set up their
own successful businesses, or work
within related careers in the fashion
and textile design sector. Others
have returned to their previous job
with a renewed focus and
enhanced career prospects.
Have the opportunity

to travel to Tokyo on a
Paul Smith Scholarship.
CITY
136
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Fashion and

7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 4
MA
Textile Design Innovation

This course gives you the opportunity to explore and develop your skills in the specialist areas of
printed, embroidered, knitted, woven, laser cut or multimedia textiles. Emphasis is placed on how
new designing and manufacturing technologies can help you to develop a hybrid approach,
combining hand and digital crafting methods.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Creative portfolio
You will devise an individual

programme of study in the form of
a project, informed by your career
aspirations and existing knowledge
and skills.
Our textile design facilities will give
you access to a range of traditional
and computerised technology,
including laser cutting, multi-head
embroidery, Jacquard weaving and
Shima Seiki and Stoll power
knitting.
You will benefit from the
professional expertise of our
academic staff and visiting
designers, and have the
opportunity to exhibit your work at
SPINEXPO in Shanghai, China.
Study options:
Study methods and

assessment
perspective.
presentations, resolved textile
designs, and a portfolio and CV.

(starts September)
Modules
Career development
Project Development

designer, buyer, merchandiser,
trend forecasting and styling. You
could also work for brands
developing smart design and
wearable technologies.


Research (optional)
Presentation

The skills you will develop will

support a career in teaching,
lecturing, journalism or progression
to further study.
within related careers in the design
sector. Others have returned to
their previous job with a renewed
focus and enhanced career
prospects.

Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Textile and

CITY
137
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 5
MA
Fashion Knitwear Design

We have an international reputation for excellence in fashion knitwear design, and this course will
encourage you to innovate through experimental research and practice. You will devise an
individual programme of study in the form of a project, tailored to your personal interests and
career aspirations.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Workshops in computer-aided
design (CAD) knit, 2D / 3D design
generation, creative pattern cutting
and fashion visualisation will
enhance your knowledge and skills
in design, construction and
communication.
You will have access to extensive
knitwear facilities, including hand
flat (Dubied and domestic) and
power knitting machines (Shima
Seiki and Stoll), linkers, overlockers,
lockstitch and button hole
machines.
Study options:
You will be able to take advantage

of our impressive links with industry,
with the opportunity to exhibit your
work at SPINEXPO in Shanghai,
China.

(starts September)
Modules
Other requirements:
Creative portfolio

Project Development


Research (optional)


Presentation

Study methods and

assessment
projects and self-directed research.
perspective.
presentations, resolved fashion
knitwear designs, and a portfolio
and CV.
Career development
designer, technologist, buyer,
merchandiser and production
manager. You could also work in
trend forecasting and styling.
The skills you will develop will
to further study.
within related careers in the fashion
and textile design sector. Others
have returned to their previous job
with a renewed focus and
enhanced career prospects.

CITY
138
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Knitwear and

7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 6
Fintan Mulholland
MA Fashion Knitwear Design
Paul Smith Scholarship recipient
NTU offer the best knitwear facilities. The technicians
and the support from tutors really do encourage you,
and allow you to explore your own set brief.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/fintanmulholland to hear more
about Fintans experience.
Scholarships and have the opportunity to travel to Japan and
spend six weeks studying at Bunka Fashion College in Tokyo.
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 7
MA
Fashion and Textile Design

This specialist part-time course gives you the opportunity to explore and develop your own
specialism within the areas of fashion, textiles or knitwear design. You will devise an individual
programme of study in the form of a project, with a commercial or conceptual focus, based on
your personal interests.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Creative portfolio
You will be invited to attend lectures

and workshops that will enhance
your existing skills and knowledge,
and to join a study trip to Antwerp
and Paris.
You will have access to
extensive facilities including
industry-standard garment
production machinery, laser cutting,
knitwear hand flat and power
workshops, dye facility, multi-head
embroidery, Jacquard loom, and
digital textile printing.
We will support you with flexible
and responsive teaching and
learning, helping you to explore and
challenge the limits of fashion,
textiles and knitwear design.
Study options:
Study methods and

assessment
perspective.
presentations, resolved designs, and
a portfolio and CV.
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Modules
Career development
Project Development
This course leads to a range of

commercial or independent
fashion, textile or knitwear designer,
maker or artist. Other roles include
buyer, merchandiser, production
manager, trend forecaster, and
styling.


Research (optional)
Presentation
The skills you will develop will also

to further study.
Benefit from visiting

industry professionals
and an international
study trip.
CITY
140

own successful businesses, work
within related careers in the design
sector, or have returned to their
previous job with enhanced career
prospects.

7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 8
PG Certificate
Creative Pattern Cutting

This 15 week course is designed for graduates and professionals who have achieved an
intermediate level or above in pattern cutting and manufacture, and wish to develop their skills
further. You will build upon your existing knowledge and professional practice through the
investigation of innovative historical and contemporary pattern cutting methods.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Creative portfolio
You will enhance your theoretical

and practical knowledge in creative
pattern cutting, and develop your
abilities to engage confidently and
professionally with the fashion
industry and your career goals.
You will have the opportunity to go
on study visits to costume archives,
museums and design exhibitions,
and you can choose to collaborate
with industry for your personal
project.
Based in our dedicated
postgraduate studio, you will have
access to garment production
machinery, laser cutting, print
facilities, and a computer-aided
design (CAD) suite.
Study options:
Fifteen weeks full-time
(starts September)
Module
Creative Pattern Cutting
Study methods and

assessment
You will complete a series of tasks
exploring pattern cutting
techniques and their relationship to
design, manufacturing processes
and market levels. You will then
negotiate a personal project that
will enable you to explore and
develop an area of pattern cutting
and design of interest to you.
Teaching and learning experiences
will include lectures, workshops,
team working, tutorials, 3D
experimentation and sampling,
and presentations.
Assessment is through coursework
involving an exhibition of your
work, including a reflective journal.
Career development
Successful completion of this course
will allow you to progress directly
onto our MA Fashion Design course.
work in a variety of roles including
designing, creative pattern cutting,
and product development.
Companies they have worked for
include Bravissimo, Hybrid Fashion
and the Royal Shakespeare
Company.
Graduates have also used this
course to develop their skills to gain
a promotion or to start their own
business.
After successful
completion, progress
to our MA Fashion
Design course.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Pattern and

CITY
141
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 9
MA
International Fashion Management

Fashion Marketing
Fashion Communications
Luxury Fashion Brand Management
These innovative courses will equip you with the strategic, creative and commercial skills required
by the global fashion industry. They will develop and strengthen your skills and knowledge in
specialist areas including new concepts and strategies for international fashion management,
fashion marketing, communications, promotion, branding, brand management and business
entrepreneurialism.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Submission of work
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Modules
Career development
These courses will prepare you for

senior management roles across
the fashion industry. This includes
areas such as:
Understanding and Application

to the Global Fashion Industry
Research (optional)
Project Development and
Realisation
Study methods and

assessment
In the first two modules, students
from all four courses will be taught
together. You will then devise and
develop a major research project.
If your specialism changes, you will
have the option to transfer onto
one of the other MA titles in this
subject area.
seminars, workshops, tutorials,
presentations, team working,
personal development planning,
and work-based learning.
fashion management;
product development;
brand management;
marketing;
buying;
manufacturing;
sourcing;
logistics;
communications and PR;
styling; and
fashion journalism.
The option to undertake an
additional research module will help
to prepare you for further
postgraduate study, such as PhD or
MPhil.

including individual and team
presentations and your individual
major project.
Go on an international
study trip to gain
industry insight.
CITY
142

7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 10
Estefania Escobar Salazar

MA Fashion Marketing and Communication*
*Now MA Fashion Marketing
The best thing about NTU is my course it has an

amazing research project opportunity which I get to
choose and work on at my own pace.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/estefaniaescobar to read
more about Estefanias experience.
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 11
MA
Graphic Design
This course is all about the research, development and production of creative, original and
effective graphic design solutions, that function across an ever increasing range of print and digital
media. You will devise a project tailored to your own personal interests and career aspirations,
which you will develop throughout the course.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
To start with you will work on short

briefs which are aimed at
challenging conventions. You will
then begin to develop your project
and Professional Journal.
You will work alongside other Visual
Communication students, and have
access to Mac suites equipped with
the latest software, and studios
dedicated to print, interactive and
moving image.
Study methods and

assessment
include lectures, tutorials, seminars,
workshops, live projects,
competition briefs, independent
studio practice, and self-directed
research. You will also benefit from
regular lectures from leading figures
in the design industry.
You can opt to study an additional
research module, if you are thinking
of progressing to MPhil, PhD or
Professional Doctorate.
Creative portfolio
You will have the opportunity to

undertake short internships and
studio visits, and to attend a variety
of workshops including design
process, creative research, visual
language and strategic thinking.
Study options:
Modules

(starts September)
Creative Research and

Development

including research and
development, Professional Journal,
practical work, verbal and visual
presentations, and the planning
and design of a display of your
work.
Creative Development and

Testing
Career development


Research (optional)

Design for Production and Media

5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
This course will equip you with

strong creative and problem-solving
skills. Our graduates become
valuable members of professional
teams working together on a range
of visual communication projects.
own businesses, found work within
related careers in the design sector,
or returned to their previous
occupations with a new focus.
Undertake short
internships and studio
visits to engage with
industry.
CITY
144
Others have found careers in digital

and printed media for advertising,
branding, marketing and
promotion, and a diverse range of
publications.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Graphic and

7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 12
Nanxi Li
MA Graphic Design
I really enjoy attending tutorials because its
great to share ideas about work with other
students. The course staff are extremely
helpful and have taught me how to have a
professional approach to my work.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/nanxili to read more
about Nanxis experience.
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 13
MA
Branding and Identity

This course offers an opportunity for you to prepare for a career in the most dynamic, powerful and
influential area of professional design. We will challenge and support you to become a creative
thinker and innovator, who can plan and create brands that will speak with power and persuasion.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Creative portfolio

briefs aimed at challenging
conventions. You will then develop
a project tailored to your own
interests and career aspirations.
Communication students, have
moving image.
studio visits, and to attend Visual
Communication workshops
including design process, creative
research, visual language and
branding strategies.
Study options:
(starts September)
Modules
Development
Testing
Research (optional)
Study methods and

assessment
work.
Career development
strong creative and problem solving
Undertake short
industry.
CITY
146

publications.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Branding and

7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 14
MA
Illustration
Our Illustration students not only learn to become expert narrators, they also explore the
professional contexts for their work, including print and digital media design, production and
distribution. During this course you will devise and develop a project tailored to your personal
interests and career aspirations, supported by our expert staff.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Creative portfolio

briefs which are aimed at
challenging conventions. You will
then begin to develop your project
and Professional Journal.
Communication students, and have
moving image.
studio visits, and to attend a variety
of Visual Communication
workshops including design process,
creative research, visual language
and narrative.
Study options:
(starts September)
Modules
Development
Testing
Research (optional)
Study methods and

assessment
work.
Career development
Undertake short
industry.

publications.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Illustration and

CITY
147
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 15
MA
Graphic Design Theory and Practice

Our MA Graphic Design Theory and Practice allows you to develop your professional and
educational profile, alongside employment or other commitments. This part-time course is
delivered in a more flexible way, in order to suit your individual needs, and can be studied either
through a practical project or a dissertation topic.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
You can study a range of subjects

including illustration, branding and
identity, digital interactive media or
animation, depending on your
interests. You will either propose
and develop your own practical
project, or research and write a
dissertation based on your personal
interests and career aspirations.
Other requirements:
This course is ideal if you want to

continue your design education
alongside employment, are a
professional who wants to develop
new skills and knowledge, or if you
wish to follow a more academic
career.
Creative portfolio
Modules
Study options:

Development

5.5 in each skill)
Two years part-time

(starts September)

Testing
Research (optional)
Study methods and

assessment
This course is flexible, with a few
mandatory timetabled sessions
you will need to attend. Teaching
and learning methods include
seminars, presentations, tutorials,
lectures from visiting professionals,
online chat room sessions, and
self-directed research.
for both pathways: either the
research and development of a
practical design project and
Professional Journal, or a 15,000
word illustrated dissertation.
Career development
skills and a distinctive viewpoint on
emerging design trends. Our
graduates become valuable
members of professional teams
working together on a range of
visual or researched-based
communication projects.
related careers in the design,
publishing or academic sectors, and
returned to their previous
A flexible, part-time
course which can be
studied alongside
existing commitments.
CITY
148
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Graphic and

7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 16
MA
Puppetry and Digital Animation

This course has been created in response to the rise of the global animation industry. It will help
you to take your work to the next level, whether you are already working commercially or as an
artist, progressing from undergraduate study or reassessing your career.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
We will provide an academic,

creative and experimental
environment for you to explore the
visual and narrative elements of
this dynamic art form.
At the start of the course you will
devise your own project and choose
from one of two outcomes, practice
or dissertation.
You will be assigned a specialist
supervisor who will guide and
support you in developing your
project. If you choose to study on a
part-time basis we will provide
flexible and responsive teaching
and learning.
Creative portfolio
Study options:
(starts September)
Modules
Research and Exploration
Experimentation and
Two years part-time

(starts September)

Research (optional)
Realisation and Presentation

Have access to
industry-standard
equipment, technical
advice and support.
Study methods and

assessment
You will have access to our
extensive facilities, including 3D
work stations, HD touch drawing
screens, green screen and motion
capture, Adobe Creative Suite,
Autodesk Entertainment Creation
Suite, TVPaint and Dragonframe
software.
will include lectures, individual and
group tutorials, skills development
activities, seminars, workshops, and
self-directed study. Part-time
students will also have access to
online learning and discussion
groups.
including your Reflective Journal
and other written work, practical
development work and
presentations.
Career development
This course will equip you with the
knowledge, skills and experiences
likely to advance your career and
prepare you for further study.
Career paths include character or
scenic designer, character animator,
writer for animation, director of
animation, story boarder, asset
designer, and product / heritage /
architectural visualiser.
Importantly, this course gives you
the ability to re-examine your
ambitions, and potentially even
refocus your career. The
independent learning you achieve
will prepare you to present yourself
effectively to potential employers.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Animation and

CITY
149
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:57 Page 17
MA
Photography
This practice-based course considers photography within contemporary international society.
You will develop a project tailored to your personal interests and career aspirations, producing a
Learning Agreement showing how you wish to develop your practice as a professional
photographer or academic researcher.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Creative portfolio
Study options:
(starts September)
You will engage with new

technologies or traditional
photography, or a mix of both,
with the aim of updating your
pre-existing skillset. The resulting
photography practice can be for
whatever purpose you choose: art,
commercial, documentary, fashion,
landscape, moving image, or
perhaps something experimental.
We will provide high-end
production workshops which will
strengthen and extend your own
photography within todays visual
culture. You will be based in our
dedicated postgraduate studio,
with access to our extensive
photography facilities.
Modules
Production Cultures
Practices and Critical
Methodologies
Two years part-time

(starts September)

Research (optional)
Project Realisation

Benefit from regular

masterclasses with
high profile guest
lecturers.
CITY
150
Study methods and

assessment
will include tutorials, subject-based
workshops, lectures, assessments,
support in our photography
facilities, and self-directed learning.
You will benefit from regular
masterclasses from high-profile
guest lecturers such as Emma
Bowkett and Giles Duley, and
industry visits from companies like
Phase One, Red Photographic and
Calumet. You will also have the
opportunity to visit photographic
archives.
including your Reflective Journal,
critical essay, contextual essay,
annotated bibliography, and a body
of photographic work.
Career development
freelance photographer, studio
photographer, photojournalist,
picture editor, picture researcher
and exhibitions coordinator.
Some graduates also use this
course to support careers in
teaching, lecturing and progression
to MPhil or PhD study.
Our aim is to produce highly
employable graduates and we are
committed to offering experiences
throughout the course that will
enhance your understanding of the
industry.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Photography and

7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:58 Page 18
Shuai Zuo
MA Photography
Every week we have different guest
speakers, which is the perfect chance
to learn something from someone
who is already successful in the
photography industry.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/shuaizuo to
read more about Shuais experience.
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:58 Page 19
MFA
Fine Art
This course allows you to develop your artistic practice whilst engaging with the rich and vibrant
arts community in Nottingham, recognised as having one of the most active artist-led scenes
outside London. You will critically engage with, interrogate and resolve your own practice, leading
to an informed body of work.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Creative portfolio
You will benefit from our extensive

links with festivals, arts
organisations, and artists groups,
and be supported by expert staff
who are practising artists in their
own right.
You can also opt to undertake a
European exchange with a partner
institution, or choose further
research sessions if you are thinking
of progressing to further study.
Interview
Modules
Study options:
Two years full-time,

45 weeks per year
(starts September)
Project Development
Three years part-time,

45 weeks per year
(starts September)
Apply for a paid

placement with
Nottingham
Contemporary.
CITY
152
Emphasis is placed on professional

practice and audience
engagement, and you will work
with partners across the city, such
as Nottingham Contemporary,
Backlit and New Art Exchange.

Presentation
Study methods and

assessment
At the start of the course you will
develop a Learning Agreement, a
live document, which will outline
the intended outcomes of your
project.
You will spend the majority of your
time in a creative studio
environment. Teaching and
learning experiences will include
independent studio practice;
feedback tutorials; studio seminars;
presentations; study visits; technical
surgeries; Context Talks and the Live
Lecture programme.
including verbal and visual
articulations of your practice,
Learning Agreement, and the
presentation of your work
(exhibition).
Career development
Professionalism is at the heart of
this course, helping you to gain
experience and make connections
with arts organisations outside of
the University.
The opportunity to undertake work
placements and to engage in
professional practice is embedded
into the course, giving you insight
and knowledge in preparation for a
career after graduation.
If you are thinking about
progressing to further study you will
have the option to undertake an
additional series of research
sessions, preparing you for a
Professional Doctorate or PhD.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type MFA and

7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:58 Page 20
Richard Emslie
MFA Fine Art
The course here is excellent; its very
thorough and well structured. The
academic team are all very professional
and the facilities are brilliant.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/richardemslie to
read more about Richards experience.
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:58 Page 21
Professional Doctorates in
Art and Design

Our Professional Doctorate Programme takes a practical approach, linking work-based problems to
personal and professional development. Part-time, research-focused and equal to a PhD, it is
designed to meet the needs of those working in the creative professions.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
MPhil, MA or other
masters-level degree, in a
relevant subject;
Hold, or have held, a post that
includes management or
leadership responsibilities; and
Have the potential to conduct
research and write a thesis at
doctorate level.
basis.
These courses will help you to

explore the relationship between
theory and practice. They will give
you an opportunity to develop
judgement, foresight and problem
analysis, and help you to use
theoretical and philosophically
tuned forensic skills for your
research material.
You will develop your ability to
design and implement a research
project in your professional and
educational fields. You will also
develop as a reflective and reflexive
practitioner who has the
adaptability to deal with
organisational change and
uncertainty.
Courses

6.0 in each skill)
Doctor of Digital Media (DDM)
Study options:
Doctor of Fine Art (DFA)
Three to eight years part-time

(starts January)
Modules
Doctor of Fashion Industry (DFI)
Current Issues in Research and

Practice
Identity and Epistemology

Methodology in Practice

Producing the Thesis
Study methods and

assessment
This course is delivered through a
series of key workshops associated
with each module. You will be
assigned two supervisors to support
your research, and benefit from a
specific number of hours of
supervisory meetings. Study circles,
formed at the start of the course,
will also provide a mechanism for
mutual support.
You will be assessed on the
completion of six pieces of work.
Where appropriate, some of these
pieces may be submitted as a
combination of writing and creative
practice.
Career development
This course will give you the
opportunity to advance your career
and develop your academic and
research abilities.
You will benefit from stimulating
teaching and tailored support
based on your personal, pastoral
and academic needs.
Transition to Thesis
Study part-time and

gain a qualification
equal to a PhD.
CITY
154
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Art and select

7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:58 Page 22
World-leading research
in advanced textiles
Our Advanced Textiles Research Group, led by
Professor Tilak Dias, is leading the field in developing
second and third generation electronic textiles for
wearable technologies.
The group aims to create the knowledge base for
embedding semiconductor microchips in fibres to
produce electronically functional yarns for smart and
interactive textiles. Their research, which is world
leading, has resulted in five worldwide patents
impacting on the health, sports, defence and fashion
sectors.
Areas of research include:
embedded electronics in yarns / fibres;
electronically heated gloves for skiers, motorcyclists
and for the treatment of Raynauds phenomenon;
flexible fabric antennas for megahertz frequency
communications;
knitted structures for electrocardiography (ECG)
measurement;
textile switches for clothing automotive
applications;
stretch sensors for artistic expression and stroke
rehabilitation;
graduated compression garments for the
treatment of venous ulcers, lymphoedema, sports
and rehabilitation;
spacer fabrics for medical and architectural
applications; and
textiles for noise absorption.
Professor Dias brings a unique background in
electronics, textiles and electronic textiles, and is the
first ever Professor of Knitting.
Our facilities include electronic fabrication and testing
laboratories, and the latest textile manufacturing
technology; computerised flat-bed knitting, Jacquard
weaving, laser cutting, embroidery and printing.
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/advancedtextiles to find out
more about our Advanced Textiles Research Group.
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 15:06 Page 23
Vassiliki Argyropoulou, MA Graphic Design
Tsao Chin Ke, MA Fashion Knitwear Design
Yanfei Zhu, MA Photography
Fashion, Textiles and Knitwear Design masters students exhibit at New Designers
Every year a selection of our Fashion, Textiles and Knitwear Design masters students get the opportunity to be
selected to showcase their work at leading graduate exhibition New Designers.
The exhibition, which recently celebrated its 30th year, sees over 3,000 of the most promising graduate talents from
Britains leading design courses exhibit at the Business Design Centre in Islington, London. The event gives
graduating students the opportunity to sell their work, meet potential employers and win a number of industry
sponsored awards.
At the 2014 event, the School of Art & Designs masters stand caught the eye of the judges with its A Midsummer
Nights Dream concept, and was presented with the Best Stand Award.
MA Fashion, Textiles and Knitwear Design stand at New Designers 2015
7400_A&D_Layout 1 30/09/2015 15:06 Page 24
Boya Sun, MA Fashion Design
Paloma Pedrera Martnez, MA Illustration
Yi (Ellen) Chen, MFA Fine Art
Fu-Ying Huang, MA Fashion Marketing and Communication
Bomi Han, MA Textile Design Innovation
Claire Bradshaw,
MA Textile Design Innovation
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:01 Page 1
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:01 Page 2
As part of our truly diverse postgraduate arts and humanities community, you can
enrich your learning and carve your own study path. Receive hands-on training on one
of our specialist taught courses, or be guided and supported in undertaking research in
an area of interest to you.
Why choose the School of Arts and

Humanities?
We have many features that add value to your
employability and learning experience. These include:
professional accreditation
work placements and live projects
field trips and visits
flexible study
working with partners such as East Midlands
Museums Services (EMMS), GameCity and Notts TV
Industry-standard facilities and

resources at our dedicated Centre
for Broadcasting & Journalism.
Placements / industry experience
Research
Underpinning our courses are our internationally
renowned academic staff who actively conduct research
and foster a vibrant community of advanced learning.
The Research Excellence Framework 2014 results
demonstrate the high quality and international
standing of research conducted within the School.
World-leading or internationally excellent research
impact results include English Language and Literature
at 87%; Modern Languages and Linguistics at 80%;
History at 70% and Communication, Cultural and
Media Studies, Library and Information Management
at 70%.
Our courses are informed by the latest research

and industry input providing real-life application.
Teaching is a collaboration of academics, professionals,
visiting experts and industry partners enriching the
course content. You will have the opportunity to
broaden your mind and gain transferable skills through
fieldtrips, volunteering, placements and work on live
industry projects.
In this interdisciplinary home we provide you with

dedicated supervision, the chance to get involved and to
build on your personal and professional development.
More information at www.ntu.ac.uk/hum

159
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:01 Page 3
MA / PG Dip
Broadcast Journalism
This course prepares you to work in radio and television newsrooms and factual programming.
You will be taught how to research and write your own stories, conduct effective interviews and
record and edit for audio and video using the latest digital technology.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.1 honours degree; or
2.2 honours degree and
substantial relevant
experience.
basis.
6.0 in reading and writing)
You will work with other students on

news days that replicate industry
practice, producing news packages
for radio, television and our online
news blog. You will become familiar
with studios, be given professional
voice training to help your
presentation skills, and gain a solid
grounding in media law, public
administration, ethics and
regulation.
You will be taught by our
experienced broadcasters and
guests from the BBC and
commercial stations. By the end of
the course you will be ready to take
your place in the multi-platform
world of broadcasting.
Other requirements:
Submission of work.
Modules
Study options:
Broadcast Journalism Skills and

Digital Production
One year full-time

(starts September)
Media Law
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Fees: www.ntu.ac.uk/humpgfees
Communication and Ethics

Public Affairs for Journalists
Multi-platform Project (MA only)
Study methods and

assessment
Study methods on this course
include practical sessions, project
work and independent learning, as
well as tutorials, lectures and
seminars.
This practical course enables you to
develop story ideas and contacts,
gathering your own material for
journalistic work. Online production
is integral with a focus on
multimedia skills development
required by the industry.
Placements give you the chance to
work in radio, television and online
news organisations including
Notts TV.
You will be assessed by a mixture
of portfolio work, essays, exams
and presentations. MA students
are required to complete the
multi-platform project which
includes a radio or TV documentary,
an online feature and a research
essay.
Career development
Graduates have gone into careers
such as producer (radio, TV, online);
editor; presenter; reporter; and
researcher; as well as roles in PR,
marketing and advertising.
They have gone on to work for
companies such as the BBC, ITN,
Sky News, Channel 5 News, ILR
radio and BAFTA.
Our broadcasting
students regularly win
top industry awards.
CITY
160
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Broadcast and

7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:01 Page 4
Centre for Broadcasting & Journalism

NTU was recognised by the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ) as the UKs
top performing journalism training centre.
This multimillion-pound facility includes one of the largest student newsrooms in the UK. You will
have access to fully functioning TV and radio studios with industry standard production facilities,
including:
a TV studio with HD SDI cameras;
live weather green screen;
studio news set with back video projection; and
autocue and TV production / viewing gallery.
The newsroom includes 96 workstations and a specialised production facility for television, radio,
print, magazine and online news production.
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/cbjfacilities to take a tour.
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:01 Page 5
MA / PG Dip
Digital and Newspaper Journalism

The course prepares you to work in a newspaper editorial team to supply material across a
multi-platform newsroom. Seek out original stories, conduct incisive interviews and produce
crisp and engaging copy.

experience.
On news days you will work to tight

deadlines not only reporting, but
subbing and working on page
lay-out using Adobe InDesign.
You will be given training in audio
and video recording and editing to
help you produce exciting stories
for our online news blog.

basis.
You will be taught by staff with

extensive experience in newspapers
with input from leading journalists
and editors from publications
across the country.
You will gain a solid grounding in

media law, public administration
and ethics and regulation. You will
develop your shorthand skills to the
NCTJ standard. By the end of the
course you will be ready to work in
a newsroom producing
sophisticated and engaging online
journalism.
Fact file
Entry requirements:

Other requirements:
Submission of work.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Modules
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Newspaper Journalism Skills and

Digital Production
Media Law



Learn from industry

experts to produce
engaging online
journalism.
162
There are a range of study modes

including lectures, seminars and
tutorials. You will carry out
independent research to produce
stories, features, columns and
reviews. You will be taught how to
record and edit audio and video for
use online using professional
standard equipment and mobile
devices. And you will explore
different ways to maximise your
audience using social media.
You are encouraged to contribute
to local newspapers such as the
Nottingham Post, as well as
Platform, the Students Union
newspaper. You may also become
involved with the Centres
dedicated news website which
broadcasts radio and television
programming and publishes
student journalism online.
are required to complete a
multi-platform project, which
includes a 2,000-word feature, an
online feature and a research essay.
Career development
CITY
Study methods and

assessment

the BBC, ITN, Sky News, national
newspapers and many radio
stations across the country. As well
as working as newspaper reporters,
news editors, broadcast journalists
and sub-editors, many graduates
have secured media-related
positions in PR, marketing,
promotions and advertising.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Newspaper and

7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:01 Page 6
MA / PG Dip
Magazine Journalism
Digital technologies are central to todays magazine industry and this course reflects that
development. You will learn how to write and produce content for social media and online
publishing formats, as well as traditional print.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
experience.
basis.
You will learn how to write news;

features; blogs; and reviews;
interview people; and prepare
in-depth analysis pieces. You will
explore how magazines are
conceived and produced, and how
they work as businesses. On news
days you will produce a magazine
as a team, researching and writing
pieces, subbing, designing pages
and uploading stories to our online
platform, all to a daily deadline.

You will gain a solid grounding in

media law, public administration
and ethics and regulation and
develop your shorthand skills to the
NCTJ standard.
Other requirements:
Modules
Submission of work.
Magazine Journalism Skills and

Digital Production
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Media Law
Study methods and

assessment
include practical sessions where you
are taught key editorial skills and
technologies, project work and
independent learning, as well as
tutorials, lectures and seminars.
You will be introduced to subbing
headline writing, layout and proof
reading using Adobe InDesign,
the industry-standard desktop
publishing package.
You will be taught by our team of
experienced media professionals
and their knowledge is
supplemented by a lecture and
tutorial programme of visiting
professors, journalists and other
guests.
You will undertake a minimum of
three weeks of placements in a
related area such as editorial
departments in magazine
companies, newsrooms and
marketing and communications
departments.
are required to complete a
multi-platform project, which
includes a 2,000-word feature, an
online feature and a research essay.

Career development
Among the UKs best

courses for the
percentage of students
achieving NCTJ gold
standard.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Magazine and


as magazine journalists; production
journalists; news editors;
sub-editors; and media-related
work in PR; marketing; promotions;
and advertising.
CITY
163
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:01 Page 7
MA / PG Dip
Documentary Journalism
This course will prepare you to research and produce long-form journalism for online, radio
and television. It includes all the steps of the process from research and production across
multi-platforms, to making a pitch, the commissioning process, costing and budgets.
You will take a multi-platform
approach to documentary making,
developing in-depth research
methods and story-telling, along
with practical skills in writing,
broadcasting, online and visual
journalism.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
experience.
basis.
Modules
Other requirements:
Submission of work.
Documentary Journalism Skills

and Digital Production
Study options:
Documentary Practice
One year full-time

(starts September)
Visual Journalism
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Study methods and

assessment
Media Law

You will form a

production company
and be guided through
the commercial
process.
CITY
You will be assessed by a mixture of

portfolio work, essays and exams as
well as a final project of a finished
documentary.
MA students are required to
complete a multi-platform project,
which includes a 3,000-word
research essay. This feeds into a
feature for either radio or television
which is then repurposed for online.
Career development

164
You will be taught by our team of

experienced media professionals as
well as visiting journalists with a
proven track record of making
documentaries across all platforms.
As part of the course you will form a
production company and be guided
through the commercial process of
documentary making.
You will undertake a minimum of

three weeks of placements.
Placement opportunities may
include radio, television, interactive,
or digital storytelling within a media
concern such as Guardian Visuals.
Activities may include research and
development for a documentary in
pre-production or shadowing a
documentary editor in a facilities
house. You might even work on a
commissioned documentary
through our own production
company or Notts TV.
Study methods include lectures,

seminars, individual tutorials,
screenings, production workshops,
presentation and peer review,
combined with a programme of
visiting industry practitioners.
On the course, you will meet

commissioning editors and
documentary producers within the
field. You will work with live
commissioning briefs wherever
possible and will be encouraged to
pitch ideas to documentary and
other festivals during your course.
The course is designed to enhance
your future career in documentary
journalism across a range of
platforms and outlets, terrestrial or
online.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Documentary

7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:01 Page 8
MA
Media and Globalisation

This course engages you with a range of media practices and cultural formations from a
cross-cultural and transnational perspective.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
During this course you will gain a

comprehensive understanding of
the main theoretical frameworks
related to media and globalisation.
2.2 honours degree.

basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
You will critically analyse the role

and impact of the media industry in
a global society. As a result, you will
become critically aware of the
implications of these debates for
research strategies, theorising and
practicing.
Alongside the theoretical content,
you will investigate: the theory and
practice of alternative audio-visual
narratives; the key media
production processes; and
professional practices relevant to
media, cultural and communicative
industries. You will engage with
practical issues that are presently
affecting media industries.
Modules
Understanding Media and
Culture in Asia
Media and Globalisation
Theoretical, Practical and
Contemporary Issues
Dissertation
Study methods and

assessment
include seminars, interactive
lectures and practical workshops for
group work where you will produce
a portfolio of videos and photos.
Assessment on the course involves
coursework, report writing,
presentations and group work.
The core of the course is structured
with no formal examinations. You
will write a 12-15,000 word
dissertation, and prepare work on
research methods including an
assessed dissertation proposal as
part of the research training
element.
Career development
a broad range of media-related
careers in industries such as mobile
phones, media events, social media,
television and PR.
While this course serves as a
standalone degree, its research
focus also makes it suitable
preparation for doctoral work.
Taught by an
academic team with a
world-leading research
reputation.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Media and

CLIFTON
165
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:01 Page 9
MA
Creative Writing
Taught by a dedicated team of award-winning writers and academics, this course is designed for
talented and committed writers who are interested in exploring and developing their creative work.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Join a lively community of other

writers and teachers where you will
have the opportunity to work in a
variety of genres, including fiction,
poetry, childrens and young adult
fiction, and writing for radio, stage
and screen.
The course invites you to develop
your writing strengths by providing
a framework within which you can
discuss your own and each others
work.
Modules
Other requirements:
Writing: Theory and Practice
Submission of work.
Choice of two optional modules

from:
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
- Fiction
- Poetry
- Scriptwriting
- Childrens and Young
Adult Fiction
Dissertation
Successful graduates
include Maria Allen and
Nicola Monaghan now
both published authors.
Career development
Every year our students produce
and publish their own high-quality
anthology of original creative
writing. This gives students
invaluable insight into the editorial
and publishing industry, as well as
introducing their work to a wider
public.
Students also have the opportunity
to build strong links with
Nottinghams thriving literature
community and are invited to
participate in local events, readings
and festivals.
You will get advice on getting
published, and lectures on the
writing industry are incorporated
into the structure of the course.
You will also get the opportunity to
meet publishers, editors and
agents. Many recent graduates
have acquired agents and
publishing deals.
Study methods and

assessment
At the heart of the course are small
group workshops and a series of
seminars by staff, visiting writers,
publishers and professors.
Establishing important links with
the publishing and editing
industries, students work closely
with staff and visiting speakers to
develop their work to an excellent
standard.
Assignments for each module
require students to present a piece
of original creative writing
accompanied by a critical or
editorial discussion.
CLIFTON
166
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Writing and

7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:01 Page 10
Elvire Roberts
MA Creative Writing
I chose this course as its something
Im passionate about and have wanted
to do all my life. It really fits in with
working full-time.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/elvireroberts to
hear more about Elvires experience.
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:01 Page 11
MRes
English Literary Research

The course is designed to provide you with the independence of a research degree with some of
the guidance of a taught masters. You will learn about approaches to the study of literature, and
will have the opportunity to study authors, literary movements, themes or critical ideas in depth.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree in English
or a related subject.
basis.

present and exchange ideas on
other students work and take part
in student-led symposia. These
sessions lead to a study proposal
that gives a detailed description of
the dissertation topic. Specialist
awards are available in:
Gay and Lesbian Studies
Modernism
Post Colonialism
Romanticism

5.5 in each skill)
Travel Writing
Other requirements:
Womens Writing
US American Literature; and
Submission of work.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Our academic team

have an outstanding
international research
reputation.
Modules
Theoretical Approaches
The Symposia
Departmental Research Seminars
Dissertation
Study methods and

assessment
There are three modes of study on
this course: lectures delivered on
the core module; student-led
symposia discussions; and
independent research on the
dissertation module.
The 20,000-word dissertation is the
main focus of your study. This is on
a topic of your choice, subject to
staff approval, and is agreed in
outline when you join the course.
You will take part in one-to-one
tutorials and your supervisor will
offer advice on developing
appropriate study methods and
provide feedback on drafts of the
dissertation.
attend research paper
presentations by fully qualified
specialists in their chosen fields and
by advanced PhD students. You will
be able to participate in discussions,
and reflect upon and discuss good
practice in the dissemination of
research.
Whether you wish to take this
course as a route to a PhD or as a
stand-alone degree, its structure
and assessments enable you to
research a literary interest deeply,
organise your ideas effectively and
develop your written and oral
expression.
Career development
Recent graduates have pursued a
range of careers, including
teaching, or have progressed on to
doctoral or postdoctoral research.
CLIFTON
168
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Literary and

7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:02 Page 12
Richard Bromhall
MRes English Literary Research
This course provides freedom to conduct
independent research and the opportunity
to work alongside experts in the field.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/richardbromhall to
read more about Richards experience.
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:02 Page 13
MA
English Language Teaching

This course is designed for experienced English as a Foreign Language teachers, who are seeking
opportunities to enhance their professional development and career opportunities.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Two years work experience in
a related role.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
It integrates the theoretical and

practical aspects of English
language teaching. It aims to
develop your in-depth knowledge
and understanding of the links
between teaching, academic
research, and theories of language
learning and teaching.
Modules
Theory and Practice in Language
Teaching
Analysing Language in Use
Course Design and Assessment
Research Methods
Study methods and

assessment
include seminars, lectures and
practical workshops for group work.
Assessment includes essays;
practical tasks (e.g. designing a
course; syllabus or materials; and
providing an accompanying
rationale; or writing a report or set
of proposals); portfolios; oral
assessments; (e.g. giving a
presentation; leading a seminar);
demonstration lessons; and class
tests.
Dissertation
Career development
In addition you will be able to

choose two optional modules from:
Many of our graduates are now

working as English language
teaching professionals, teacher
trainers, textbook writers or
university lecturers throughout the
world.
Blended Learning and

Computer-Assisted Language
Learning (CALL): Multimedia
Applications in Language
Learning

English for Professional Purposes

Teacher Education
Materials Development
Teaching English to Young
Learners
Teaching Speaking, Listening
Advanced training in
skills for English
language teaching
and assessment.
CITY
170
Teaching Reading and Writing

English for Academic Purpose
Intercultural Communication
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type English and

7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:02 Page 14
MA
TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages)

This course is ideal for those with no or very little prior English language teaching experience (less
than two years) who wish to become an English language teacher to speakers of other languages.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
It is designed to equip you with the

skills and knowledge base required
to excel as an English language
teaching professional in a global
environment.
The course has a very practical
focus. You will have the opportunity
to take a one-year module on
practical teaching. You will be
involved in demonstrating a range
of teaching methods in practical
sessions, designing teaching
materials, planning lessons and
tests.
Modules
Practical Language Learning and
Teaching
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Describing English Language
Materials and Assessment in

Language Teaching
Research Methods

Take part in teaching

practice sessions.
Study methods and

assessment
include seminars, lectures and
practical workshops for group work.
Assessment includes essays;
practical tasks (e.g. designing a
course; syllabus or materials and
providing an accompanying
rationale; or writing a report or set
of proposals); portfolios; oral
assessments (e.g. giving a
presentation; leading a seminar);
demonstration lessons; and class
tests.
Career development
Many of our graduates are now
working as English language
teaching professionals, teacher
trainers, textbook writers or
university lecturers throughout the
world.
Dissertation
In addition you will be able to
choose two optional modules from:
Blended Learning and
Computer-Assisted Language
Learning (CALL): Multimedia
Applications in Language
Learning
English for Professional Purposes
Materials Development
Teacher Education
Teaching English to Young
Learners
Teaching Speaking, Listening
Teaching Reading and Writing
English for Academic Purpose
Intercultural Communication
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type TESOL and

CITY
171
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:02 Page 15
MA
Linguistics (by research)

This course allows you to pursue research in the field of linguistics. It comprises independent
research and a course designed to develop knowledge of key research skills and practices.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
It offers a broad range of degree

topics which align with the
specialist areas in which our
academic team publish research.
Recent dissertation topics have
included:
Study methods and

assessment
Analysis of political speeches
You will have an individual

supervisor allocated when offered a
place on the course. Dissertation
tutorials will take place between
you and your nominated supervisor.
The supervisor will offer advice on
developing appropriate study
methods and provide feedback on
drafts of the dissertation.
Theories around bilingualism

Language variation in the East
Midlands
Examination of language
recovery following brain damage
Other requirements:
Award degrees are available in the

following subject areas:
Submission of work.
Clinical Linguistics
Study options:
Language, Gender and Sexuality
One year full-time

(starts September)
Media Discourse
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Discourse Analysis
Language and Identity

Modules

Sociolinguistics
Pragmatics
Philosophical Approaches to the

Humanities
Dissertation
The majority of the marks awarded

for this course are for the
dissertation.
You will be encouraged to publish

your work and present at
conferences.
Career development
It provides excellent preparation for
undertaking a PhD and gives you
the freedom and support to shape
your own work in the area of
Linguistics.
Many graduates have found it
useful for employment as they have
additional transferable and
research skills to add to their CV.
Join a thriving
postgraduate
community of
researchers in
Linguistics.
CLIFTON
172
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Linguistics and

7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:02 Page 16
MA
Human Security and Environmental Change

Engage in some of the most significant issues and crises confronting society today with this unique
and innovative course. The degree draws on expertise in geo-politics, security, resilience, global
studies and environmental change.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Gain detailed knowledge and a

critical understanding of the
concepts and techniques involved
in (global and local) environmental
change and human security, and
the application of these to specific
forms of analysis, practice and
problem-solving.
Focus on how risk and change
management may be addressed,
particularly in light of current crises
such as resource scarcity, food
security, climate change and
financial instability. You will
analyse such crises within the wider
context of the economic, social,
institutional, cultural, technological
and particularly political changes
taking place within the world today.
Modules
Humanities
Globalisation
Environmental Change
Human Security
Professional Development
Dissertation
Take part in live

projects and work
placements within the
sector.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Human and

Study methods and

assessment
coursework, report writing, essays,
presentations and group work. You
will produce a professional
development portfolio. There are
no formal examinations.
You will also have the opportunity
to undertake a work placement to
gain vital experience within this
sector. Work with institutions such
as Nottingham City Council,
Nottingham Wildlife Trust, One
Nottingham, Carbon Action
Network, and the Nottingham
Energy Partnership on projects
directly related to human security
and environmental change.
Career development
Graduates of this course have gone
on to careers in research; low
carbon management; resilience
planning; climate change
adaptation; risk planning; recycling;
sustainability and environmental
affairs; energy management;
campaign management; and
economic and environmental
policy.
CLIFTON
173
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:02 Page 17
MA
International Development
This course takes a multidisciplinary approach to this subject area drawing on expertise from the
fields of International Relations, Geography, Development Studies and Global Studies.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
The initial introductory sessions set

the scene for various international
development issues and themes,
including Globalisation, Human
Security and International
Development.
Study methods and

assessment
The course recognises that

international development
environments and related debates
constantly evolve. It captures this
dynamism in its multi-layered
approach and it highlights the
connections made between
different disciplinary areas.
There are no formal examinations.

For the dissertation, you will prepare
work on research methods
including an assessed dissertation
proposal as part of the research
training element.
Modules
One year full-time

(starts September)

Humanities
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Globalisation

This course offers a placement

allowing you to apply and further
develop the skills gained during the
taught course. You will focus on the
concepts of planning, evaluating
and reviewing professional
development through the use of
Personal Development Planning.
Human Security
Undertake an
international
development-related
work-based placement
in the UK or overseas.
174
Career development
Professional Development
The course is designed to enhance

your employability prospects by
engagement with both conceptual
dimensions and the practical
aspects of the work-based
placement. Using our links with
industry you will have the
opportunity to gain experience and
vital contacts within a wide range
of roles directly linked to
international development.
Dissertation

CLIFTON
International Development

in posts in local, regional and
national governments,
intergovernmental organisations
(including the UN and EC),
multinational corporations (MNCs)
and a range of developmentrelated non-governmental
organisations (NGOs).
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type International and

7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:02 Page 18
Audrey-Jacqueline Tettey
MA International Development
I was attracted to the practical elements of the course
because I could see how they would benefit me in my career.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/audreyjacquelinetettey to read more
about Audreys experience.
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:02 Page 19
MA
History
The MA History represents an exciting opportunity to study new areas of historical enquiry and
undertake your own primary research in a field of your choice.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
The course is structured

thematically around the core
principles of historical study
allowing you to gain the ability to
apply this practical structure to your
own unique historical interest area.
Teaching on the course directly
reflects the internationally
recognised expertise of our staff
that includes medieval and early
modern British and European
history; modern and contemporary
history; public history; and global
history.
The course combines the coherence
and support of a taught MA with
the challenges of a research
degree. This makes it ideal for
those wishing to pursue a historical
interest beyond undergraduate
level or as a preparation in research
skills for those aspiring to PhD
study. Throughout the course you
will actively research, interpret,
analyse, and write alongside our
team of experts.
Modules
Study methods and

assessment
course work, report writing,
There are also class tests, critical
reviews, and critical bibliographies
to prepare. There are no formal
examinations on the course.
You will write a 15,000-word
dissertation, and prepare work on
research methods including an
assessed dissertation proposal as
part of the research training
element of the degree.
Career development
History graduates are highly
employable due to their
demonstrable versatility developed
throughout their experiences.
Students have gone on to a wide
range of careers including archives;
marketing; education; law;
museums management; planning;
and public relations. In addition,
this course provides excellent
preparation for undertaking a PhD.

Humanities
Our workshops are

delivered by leading
visiting experts.
Making History Making

Making History Archives
Making History Relations
Making History Space
Dissertation
CLIFTON
176
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type History and

7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:02 Page 20
MA
Philosophy (by research)

The course equips you with the requisite skills in critical thinking and reflection while familiarising
you with the most current debates in contemporary philosophy.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Submission of work.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
You are encouraged to achieve a

specialised appreciation of
traditional philosophical questions
about justice equality; ethics; power
and knowledge; intercultural
communication; and gender
difference within the wider context
of global issues and events.
Study methods and

assessment
The focus on the latest thinking will

allow you to apply a philosophical
mindset to tackle real issues
happening in the world today. This
course allows you to pursue
advanced research in the field of
Contemporary Philosophy. It
comprises independent research
and a course designed to develop
knowledge of key research skills and
practices.
Studying philosophy will help you to

develop a broad range of
transferable skills prized by
employers. Studying philosophy
encourages intellectual innovation,
imagination and enterprise. It
helps to cultivate the crucial
philosophical skills for
implementing research exercises:
flexibility; project management;
adaptability; independence;
autonomous learning; creative
and critical reasoning; and
problem-solving.
Through this course you will

enhance your level of
understanding of the ideas,
contexts and techniques required to
philosophise in both academic and
non-academic contexts.
Modules
Various assessment methods are

employed, ranging from essays and
presentations to portfolios based
on group projects.
Career development

undertaking a PhD and gives you
the freedom and support to shape
your own work in the area of
philosophy.

Humanities
Dissertation
Explore a wide range

of European
philosophers and
philosophical
methodologies.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Philosophy and

CLIFTON
177
7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:02 Page 21
MA / PG Dip / PG Cert
Museum and Heritage Development

This course is a combination of academic and professional practice that provides you with the
core skills required by todays museum and heritage workforce. It challenges current thinking and
practice through sector embedded experimentation, activity and debate.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
You will develop skills in critical and

creative practice to design more
creative, socially relevant and
sustainable practices for use within
the museums and related heritage
organisations.
This innovative practice-based
course has been designed in
conjunction with Museum
Development East Midlands
(MDEM), East Midlands Museums
Services (EMMS) and Barker
Langham.
The course combines academic
underpinning with live projects with
sector partners. It also offers a
unique opportunity to work for
Culture Syndicates, a community
interest company set up by NTU
graduates to undertake project
consultancy in the field.
Modules
Purpose Planning and
Development
Materiality and Memory
Interpretation 1: Fieldwork
Study methods and

assessment
Assessment includes a range of live
projects; a professional portfolio;
essays; reports; and a research
project. There are no written
examinations, although the MA
offers the opportunity to undertake
a thesis through the research
project.
Career development
As well as museum curators,
educators, and visitor service
managers in museums and the
heritage field, this course also
provides the opportunity to work
with and join a heritage
consultancy company.
a wide range of museums and
authorities including The National
Trust; East Midlands Museums
Service; Museum Development East
Midlands; Museum database
software suppliers; Heritage Lottery
Fund; local authorities; and
independent museums.
Interpretation 2: Civil
Engagement
Work on live projects

with museum and
heritage sector
partners.
CLIFTON
178
Working in Museums and

Heritage
Museum and Heritage Futures
Research Project
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Museum and

7400_A&H_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:02 Page 22
MA
Holocaust and Genocide (by research)

The degree comprises independent research and a course designed to develop knowledge of key
research skills and practices.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Submission of work.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
This course allows you to pursue

advanced research in the field of
Holocaust and Genocide.
You will have the unique
opportunity to collaborate in
research with the National
Holocaust Centre and Museum,
based in Nottinghamshire.
You will be active within regional and
national Holocaust memory networks
and have the chance to present your
work at our History Postgraduate
Conference, and a range of other
conferences around the region.
You will also benefit from
participation in Holocaust-related
teaching sessions on our MA
History course.
Award degrees are available in the
following subject areas:
Holocaust Studies
Holocaust and Memory
Post Holocaust Genocide

Comparative Genocide

Modules
Film, Literature and Genocide

Humanities
Dissertation
Collaborate on
research with the
National Holocaust
Centre and Museum.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Holocaust and

Study methods and

assessment
The majority of the marks awarded
for this course are for the dissertation.
Students are free to select their own
dissertation topic. In recent years,
topics have included the use of
anti-Semitic vocabulary in Nazi
propaganda, and Jewish reactions
to Nazi persecution between 1933
and 1938.
While the focus of study has been
the Holocaust, we are also keen to
encourage work on other genocides
such as those in Cambodia and
Rwanda. Students are invited to
consider a wide range of options,
and our team of experts are happy
to offer advice.
You will have an individual
supervisor allocated when offered a
place on the course. Dissertation
tutorials will take place between
you and your nominated supervisor.
The supervisor will offer advice on
developing appropriate study
methods and provide feedback on
drafts of the dissertation.
Career development
undertaking a PhD and gives
students the freedom and support
to shape your own work in the area
of holocaust and genocide.
Our students have gone on to
successfully gain a fully funded
Vice-Chancellors PhD bursary,
and have been awarded AHRC
doctoral funding through the
Midlands3Cities Doctoral Scheme.
CLIFTON
179
7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:04 Page 1
School of Education
7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:04 Page 2
Our teacher training courses cover all age ranges, from the newly introduced Early
Years qualifications through to the post-compulsory sector. With subject specific
training, professional courses in leadership and management, and continuing
professional development, we can support you and your staff in building the skills and
knowledge needed in the ever-changing world of education.
Why choose the School of Education?

Were accredited by the National College for
Teaching and Leadership for initial teacher training.
We are consistently above the national average for
the number of our students in teaching roles within a
year of graduating. (Teaching Agency data, February
2012).
With initial teacher training, Continuing Professional
Development (CPD), masters degrees and research
courses, we can support you throughout your
educational career.
With teaching methods including part-time, evening,
online and independent learning, many of our
courses fit around your busy schedule.
99% of School of Education postgraduates

are employed or engaged in further study six
months after leaving.
Our partnerships
Our education courses involve extensive hands-on
experience and work-based learning, allowing you to
build your skills and confidence within a supportive
framework of over 600 partnership schools and
colleges.
Award-winning staff
Our reputation and results reflect the excellence of
teaching within the School. Amongst our
award-winning staff are:
Dr Sheine Peart, awarded a British Educational
Research Association (BERA) / SAGE Practitioner
Research Award
Alison Hardy, awarded the Design and Technology
Associations Teacher Training Design and
Technology Award
Dr Helen Boulton, awarded a National Teaching
Fellowship.
More information at www.ntu.ac.uk/education

181
7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:04 Page 3
PGCE
Primary Education
Gain the knowledge, skills and experience you need to become a primary school teacher. You will
spend your time both in the University and on classroom placements. Successful completion of
the course will lead to Qualified Teacher Status (QTS).
Fact file
UCAS code:
X100
Entry requirements:
subject related to the Primary
National Curriculum;
GCSE English, Maths and
Science grade C;
The course is designed to provide

you with the knowledge and skills
you need to meet the demands of
a first teaching post in the primary
age range (5 to 11 years). You will
focus on primary education across
both Key Stages.
There may be an opportunity to
place an increased emphasis on
either Key Stage One (5 to 7 years)
or Key Stage Two (7 to 11 years)
during your school-based training.
A minimum of ten days

mainstream UK school
experience (paid or voluntary)
in a Key Stage 1 or 2 class;
and
You may also gain academic credits

at masters level which would
fast-track you towards our masters
award.
ITT skills test in numeracy and

literacy.
Modules
Other requirements:
Learning and Teaching:

Professional Studies
Academic reference;
Assessment day;
Disclosure and Barring Service
check;
Prohibition Order check; and
Health check.
Primary Professional Practice
Learning and Teaching: Primary

Curriculum and Related
Pedagogy
Primary Education Independent
Study
Study methods and

assessment
The taught part of the course
involves interactive lectures and
seminars. There are no
examinations. Coursework and
teaching experience are assessed.
School-based training is the central
element of the course, with about
two-thirds of the time spent in local
primary schools. There are three
block periods of school-based
training, usually consisting of an
initial placement during the
autumn term, a nine-week period in
the autumn and spring terms and a
nine-week block at the end of the
course.
Career development
The vocational nature of the PGCE
Primary Education course and the
fact that successful completion
leads to a recommendation for
Qualified Teacher Status (QTS)
means that you will be ideally
placed to pursue a career as a
teacher in the primary age range.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Fees: www.ntu.ac.uk/edupgfees
Applications should be made
direct to UCAS Teacher
Training at www.ucas.com
CLIFTON
182
A distinctive feature
of our course is the
breadth of the
curriculum on offer.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Primary and

7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:04 Page 4
PGCE
Secondary Education
This highly practical course will enable you to gain the skills, knowledge, understanding and
experience needed to build on a degree and teach at secondary level. Successful completion of
the course will lead to Qualified Teacher Status (QTS).
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree in the
subject you wish to teach;
GCSE English and Maths
grade C;
A minimum of ten days
mainstream UK school
experience (paid or voluntary)
in a Key Stage 3 or 4 class;
and
literacy.
Other requirements:
Academic reference;
Assessment day;
check;
Health check.
This course will equip you to

respond effectively to the issues
currently affecting schools.
We place a strong emphasis on
developing your individual
strengths and skills within the
context of the contemporary
education environment.
Modules
Trainees specialise in one of the

following subjects: Business
Education; Computer Science with
ICT; Design and Technology;
Engineering; English; Mathematics;
Music; Biology; Chemistry or
Physics.
Secondary Education
Independent Study
UCAS codes
Subject
UCAS
code
Business Education
N1X1
Computer Science with

ICT
IX99
One year full-time

(starts September)
Design and Technology
W9X1
Engineering
HX1C
English
Q3X1

Mathematics
G1X1
Music
W3X1

Biology
C1X1
Chemistry
F1X1
Physics
F3X1
Study options:
Secondary Professional Practice

Learning and Teaching in the
Subject
Secondary Skills of Enquiry
Learning and Teaching in the
Wider Context
Study methods and

assessment
Time spent at the University is
divided between formal lectures,
seminars and tutorials, each
providing different forums in which
to absorb and discuss module
content.
At least 24 weeks are spent on
placement in at least two
secondary schools or colleges.
For both placements, training is
planned by mentors to enable
you to be recommended for QTS.
This practical teaching element is
assessed on a regular basis via
formal observation by a subject
mentor.
Career development
The vocational nature of the PGCE

Secondary Education course and
the fact that successful completion
leads to a recommendation for
Qualified Teacher Status (QTS)
means that you will be ideally
placed to pursue a career as a
teacher in a secondary school or
college.
Generous bursaries
and scholarships are
available to help you
study.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Secondary and

CLIFTON
183
7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:04 Page 5
School Direct Training Programme

School Direct is a training route that allows you to work within a school while studying towards a
primary or secondary PGCE and Qualified Teacher Status. A salaried option is also available for
experienced graduates.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Primary teaching: 2.1 honours
degree in a Primary National
Curriculum subject.
Secondary teaching: 2.2
honours degree in the subject
you wish to teach.
GCSE English and Maths (and
Science for Primary teaching)
grade C;
Ten days mainstream UK
school experience in a Key Stage
1 or 2 class for Primary teaching,
or Key Stage 3 or 4 class for
Secondary teaching; and
literacy.
Other requirements:
Academic reference;
Assessment day;
check;
Health check.
The course offers a flexible

approach to teacher-training. The
majority of your time will be spent
in the school, training in the
classroom and supported by
experienced teachers and mentors.
You will also spend time studying at
the University.
Study methods and

assessment
The School Direct Training

Programme
The course is designed to be

school-based and you spend 25
days in the University during the
year. You will be supported by your
school, who oversees your career
and professional development. You
may also be expected to spend
time in a range of other Key Stages
or schools to observe best practice
and expand your practical
experience.
The School Direct Training

Programme (salaried)
Career development
There are two types of training

places:
Modules
You will study for the same award
as other postgraduate teacher
trainees: PGCE / PGDE / ProfGCE in
Secondary or Primary Education,
but the delivery will have more
emphasis on being trained within a
school environment.
See pages 186 and 187 for the
relevant PGCE course modules.
Study options:
It is expected that you will continue

to be employed by the school or
group of schools in which you
trained after you gain your
teaching qualification, but there is
no absolute guarantee of
employment once you finish.
You will gain a recommendation for
Qualified Teacher Status if you
successfully complete the course,
and therefore can apply to other
schools as a Newly Qualified
Teacher in the event that you are
not employed by your training
school.
One year full-time

(starts September)
CLIFTON
184
School Direct places

are offered by a school
or group of schools in
partnership with NTU.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Teaching and

7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:04 Page 6
Amanda Maclellan
School Direct Training Programme (Drama)
An understanding that the teaching staff were once in our
position underpins their helpful and constantly reassuring
nature.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/amandamaclellan to read more
about Amandas experience.
7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:04 Page 7
PGCE
Post-Compulsory Education and Training

This course is suitable for applicants with experience in a wide variety of subjects and industries.
It enables you to apply for Qualified Teacher Learning and Skills (QTLS), the qualification required
to teach in the post-compulsory education sector, which can also be used to teach in schools.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
PGCE applicants: Third class
honours degree in the subject
you wish to teach.
CertEd applicants: A-level
grade C in the subject you
wish to teach.
grade C.
basis.
Other requirements:
The aims of the course are to

prepare you to plan, implement
and evaluate teaching and learning
activities in the post-compulsory
education and training sector, and
to help you develop appropriate
knowledge, skills and attitudes.
It will equip you with an ability to
reflect upon and learn from your
professional practice and build your
confidence in your ability to
perform your professional roles.
Learning and Teaching: in

Post-Compulsory Education and
Training
Learning and Teaching: the
Professional Teacher
Career development
Modules
Learning and Teaching: the

Subject Specialist and Wider
Context
Study options:
Specialist pathways
One year full-time

(starts September)
There are three specialist pathways

available with generous
government bursaries up to
25,000:
Independent Study:
Post-Compulsory Education and
Training
Mathematics and Numeracy;

English and Literacy; and

The teaching experience in partner

colleges / centres is central to the
course. You will be supported by a
mentor who specialises in your
subject area, giving you the
confidence to take your industry
experience into the classroom.
You will follow a course of study
and research and you will be
assessed on both coursework and
your teaching practice. The focus
of assignments is determined by
your own practice and subject
specialism.
reference;
Interview;
check; and
Health check.
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Study methods and

assessment
Special Educational Needs.
The post-compulsory education

sector covers a multitude of
different educational environments
including: colleges and universities;
places of work; adult education
centres; private training
organisations; prisons and young
offender institutions; and voluntary
and charity organisations.
After graduation, many of our
students pursue a career in one of
these areas teaching as lecturers or
tutors within their specialist field.
The QTLS award is now recognised
as equivalent to QTS and graduates
may also choose to work in schools
as a secondary teacher.
Additional entry qualifications may

be required.
Develop the
knowledge and skills
necessary for the
demanding role of
teacher or lecturer.
CLIFTON
186
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Education and

7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:04 Page 8
PGCE
Early Years Initial Teacher Training

This one-year, part-time course is ideal if you are employed in an Early Years setting and leads to
Teachers' Standard (Early Years) Award.

a related role;
Specifically focussed on the 0 5

age range, the course builds your
understanding of the theory, policy
and practice of working with very
young children. It equips you to
meet all the Teachers Standards
(Early Years) while developing your
leadership and management skills
to continually review, reflect and
improve your professional practice.
related field; and
Modules
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree;
GCSE English, Maths and
Science grade C;

literacy.
Other requirements:
Vocational reference;
Interview;
check; and
Prohibition Order check.
Knowledge of Early Learning and

Early Years Foundation Stage
(EYFS)
Responding to the Strengths and
Needs of All Children
Professional Leadership in Early
Years
Early Years Professional Practice
Study options:
Education Policy and Practice in

Early Years
One year part-time

(starts September)
Forest Schools award
In term three you will have the

opportunity to study an additional
course to gain the Level One Forest
Schools award.
Understand the Forest School ethos
and approach to learning, including
analysing the risks, the impact to
the environment and the activities
involved.
Study methods and

assessment
Modules will generally run on a
term-basis and utilise a range of
teaching methods designed to fit
around your working life.
To meet the Teachers Standards
(Early Years) it is a requirement to
demonstrate 120 days in an Early
Years setting, of which a minimum
of ten days must be in a Key Stage
1 setting.
Your workplace can access funding
to support you in completing this
course. This could be used for
staffing costs to release you for a
second placement and / or for study.
Career development
Driven by the National College for
Teaching and Leadership (NCTL),
the recent introduction of the Early
Years Initial Teacher Training
qualification aims to raise the
status and quality of teaching, and
ensure children have the best start
in life.
A successful assessment and
achieving Early Years Teacher
Status will provide you with
excellent career development
opportunities for the future.
Graduates may use their
masters-level credit to pursue an
MA in Education.
Gain a recognised
Early Years professional
qualification.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Early Years and

CLIFTON
187
7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:04 Page 9
Assessment Only Routes into Teaching

If youre an experienced teacher with a degree, Assessment Only allows you to demonstrate that
you meet the relevant Teachers Standards without further training. These short courses are
available for Early Years, Primary or Secondary practitioners.
Fact file
Assessment Only Route to QTS

Available for Primary or Secondary teaching.
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree;
GCSE English and Maths (and
Science for Early Years or
Primary teaching) grade C;
a related role;
related field; and
literacy.
Other requirements:
Vocational reference;
check;
Health check.
Study options:
12 week assessment
Ideal for experienced graduates with substantial primary or secondary

teaching experience, this short course is a route to gain Qualified Teaching
Status through an assessment of your current teaching.
This professional qualification allows you to demonstrate that you already
meet all the Teachers' Standards. It does not include any training and is
only suitable if you are currently working as an unqualified teacher.
The assessment process

The assessment takes place in the school or college where you are currently
employed. Full support by your employer is essential to ensure it can take
place.
Including observation and assessment of your teaching, the assessment
also involves producing a portfolio of comprehensive and detailed evidence
to show how you meet the Teachers Standards for QTS. You will be
supported in completing your portfolio.
Early Years Initial Teacher Training

(Assessment Only)
Use your experience to qualify for Early Years Teacher Status, through an
assessment of your current practice.

This short course is designed for very experienced graduates with

substantial successful Early Years teaching experience, who currently work
as unqualified teachers.

Courses accredited by
Supported by your employer, the course allows you to demonstrate that you
already meet all the Early Years teaching standards through assessment of
your current practice.
A successful assessment leads to Teachers Standards (Early Years) Award.
The assessment process
Use your teaching

experience to gain
Qualified Teacher
Status.
CLIFTON
188
The assessment takes place in the setting where you are currently
employed. Full support by your employer is essential to ensure the
assessments can take place.
You will gather a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate how you implement
each of the Teachers Standards effectively across the whole age range of
0 5 years.
You will be expected to demonstrate you have gained experience across a
minimum of two Early Years settings, including Key Stage 1.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type QTS and

7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:05 Page 10
Short courses
Develop your career
Whether you need to boost your subject knowledge before
joining a teaching course, extend your knowledge in your
specialist subject, or break into a new educational area, our
short courses and training can support your career aspirations.
Subject knowledge enhancement

These short courses are ideal if you wish to train as a secondary
Chemistry, Computer Science, Design and Technology, Mathematics,
or Physics teacher, but need to boost your subject knowledge.
Special Educational Needs and Inclusion

A range of courses will help develop your skills in this specialist area,
including the National Award for Special Educational Needs
Coordination.
Forest Schools
Develop the skills needed to plan, implement and manage a
successful Forest School programme, with our accredited awards.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/booster to find out more about our career
boosting courses.
7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:05 Page 11
FdA
Educational Support
Develop your professional knowledge and skills and boost your career with this part-time course.
It is ideal if you are already employed in a role in educational support. It explores current
education and social issues affecting support for learners.
This course is designed to support,
develop and extend your academic
learning, as a foundation for
professional development. You will
undertake small tasks and projects
within your own working
environment to support module
sessions and assignments.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Level 3 qualification in an
Educational subject, e.g.
A-level, NVQ, CACHE, or BTEC;
grade C;
One years work experience in
a related role; and
related field.
basis.
It is ideal for a range of practitioners

including teaching and learning
support assistants; learning
mentors; extended school activity
workers; subject technicians; and
support workers in alternative
education settings. It may also be
of interest if you are employed in a
wider learning support role.
Modules
Year One

5.5 in each skill)
Current Education Issues:

Educational Support Roles
Other requirements:
Education Support: Reflection on

Practice
Vocational reference.
Effective Communication Skills
Study options:
Special Educational Needs and

Disabilities
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Year Two
Supporting Learning and

Teaching

Educational Support: Reflection

on Practice

Investigating Educational
Support Practice
Study methods and

assessment
You will study through a mixture of
class sessions and work-based
activity. Most class sessions run
one evening every other week,
supported by tutorials and module
study skills support on the alternate
weeks.
You will learn through a range of
teaching methods, encouraging
you to critically reflect and discuss
theory and its relationship to your
own working life and educational
setting. These include lectures,
small-group work, workshops and
visiting speakers.
Assessment will be on
presentations, reports, portfolios
and projects.
Career development
This course is designed as a
foundation for your professional
development within education.
If you wish to progress to graduate
status, you may consider the
BA (Hons) Education course (see
page 191) on successful
completion of the
FdA Educational Support course.
Optional modules
Supporting Inclusion
Independent Study
Study in the evening

to fit around your
work and
commitments.
CLIFTON
190

7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:05 Page 12
BA (Hons)
Education
This one-year, part-time course is designed for people who want to gain graduate status in
education and extend their knowledge of issues impacting on education.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
240 higher education credit
points;
grade C;
a related role; and
related field.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
The aim of this course is to extend

your professional knowledge, skills
and awareness in the dynamic and
changing world of education. It
may open up the opportunity to
pursue a career in primary teaching
through further postgraduate study,
or continuing professional
development to MA or PhD level.
You are encouraged to learn

through your own research,
extensive reading, and by sharing
your experiences with your peers.
You will be guided by your tutors to
expand your knowledge within your
specialism and to make
recommendations to improve
practice and enhance your learning.
Modules
As you move through the course,

you will go from directed, group
learning to independent and
small-group support.
Core module
Research Methods
Optional module
Contemporary Issues
Inclusion for Diversity
14 19 Issues
Career development
Early Years Learning Through Play
This course can lead to a range of

professional development
opportunities, including progression
to postgraduate study. You may
wish to progress to a recognised
teacher training or post-compulsory
education and training course if
you wish to gain teaching
qualifications.
Study options:
One year part-time
(starts September)
Assessment is carried out via a

combination of coursework and
other assignments.
Study methods and

assessment
Teaching takes place one evening a
week from September to July. This
allows you to continue working
while you study.
There are four possible routes
through this degree:
Education award
Special Education and Inclusion
Early Years
14 19 Education
Choose from a broad

educational theme or
specialise in one of
three areas.

CLIFTON
191
7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:05 Page 13
MA
Education
This research-based course will further your professional development and enhance your career
prospects. The flexibility of the part-time programme allows you to enter at your chosen level and
complete awards at your own pace and in your preferred subject area.
This course is designed for those
working in any sector of education
or training, at all levels. It is suitable
for teachers, trainers, lecturers and
administrators working in schools,
post-compulsory, wider education
or university sectors. It is ideal for
those who have completed an
accredited teacher-training
programme or degree and wish to
study the field of education further.
It is also relevant to professionals in
education settings.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree;
grade C; and
Recent work experience in a
related role.
basis.
Modules

5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
Choose from over 30 modules to

build the course that reflects your
needs, or pick specific combinations
to complete one of the five
specialist pathways.
One year full-time

(starts September)
The range of modules on offer

include:
Maximum of five years

Education Policy and Practice
Leading Change in Education

Innovation in Music
Leading Modern Foreign
Language Teaching
Management of Resources
Research Skills
Study methods and

assessment
We offer a number of flexible ways
to study including part-time or
full-time attendance at NTU;
blended learning; distance learning;
and modules taught at your own
institution (by prior arrangement).
Modules are assessed and there are
no formal examinations. You must
be employed in an educational
setting or have arranged access to
a suitable educational environment,
so placements are not required.
You will undertake research and
reflection within this educational
Career development
The MA Education is increasingly
seen as both academic
enhancement and a means to
facilitate career progression. Many
graduates have gone on to
successful careers within the
education sector, pursuing senior
roles, while others have continued
studying to complete a Professional
Doctorate, an MPhil or a PhD.
SEN Intervention
Dissertation
Choose modules to
build a course which
reflects your needs.
CLIFTON
192

7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:05 Page 14
EdD
Doctor of Education
Designed for those working in the professional, public and human services, the Doctor of Education
has been tailored to meet your needs in a demanding job.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
A masters-level qualification
in a related subject;
You must hold, or have held, a
post which includes
management or leadership
responsibilities or have been in
a position to be able to
observe organisational
practice; and
Have the ability to conduct
research at higher degree
level.
basis.
The course can be viewed as a

single research project which is
developed in stages. It involves two
formal elements of activity:
workshops and supervision of your
own research project.
You will attend three to four
two-day workshops in Nottingham,
in each of the first three years of
your study. These are co-taught
with the Doctor of Legal Practice
and Doctor of Social Practice
courses and deal with topics that
are generically relevant to research
at doctorate level. Each workshop
or group of workshops is linked to a
specific stage in the project.
Your research project

6.0 in each skill)
Unlike the PhD, which is assessed

by a single thesis delivered at the
end of the project, the structure
involves you shaping your research
project around a sequence of
documents.
Other requirements:
Structure
Submission of work;
Academic reference; and
The course is structured in phases

over a minimum three-year period.
You will work on a sequence of six
documents:
Study options:
(starts January)
Year One
A research proposal setting out
the research question(s), context,
investigative procedure, and any
ethical issues.
A literature review analysing the
professional and academic
literature on the subject, together
with literature on the
methodology of your enquiry.
Year Two
Two research reports on small
studies, each of which informs
The results of both documents will
lead into and inform the final
thesis.
Year Three onwards
The main thesis which answers
A reflective report on your
experiences and development as
a researcher.
Study methods and

assessment
Support and discussion is a critical
part of the regular workshop
sessions. In addition, you will be
allocated a supervisory team for
personal support, suggestions and
feedback on draft documents.
Final assessment is by viva voce
examination involving an internal
and external examiner.
Career development
This programme opens significant
possibilities for research and
research-based development work in
higher education and within a range
of associated settings. The skills you
develop during your studies will
make you a sought-after individual
in a wide spectrum of posts,
including policy analysis, policy
implementation and development,
and teaching and lecturing.

Be supported throughout
your studies with expert
supervision from an
experienced researcher.
CITY
193
7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:05 Page 15
MSc
Science, Technology, Engineering and

Mathematics (STEM) Education
This course is ideal if you are a STEM educator from primary, secondary or higher education.
You will explore issues relating to science, design and technology, engineering and mathematics
education, while drawing on expertise in both STEM subjects and pedagogy.
This flexible course is designed for
teachers and educators at all levels.
It allows you to design your own
individual learning package with
optional modules taught by our
specialist science, mathematics and
technology academics. You will
benefit from learning in a
nationally-recognised Centre for
Excellence in Teaching and
Learning (CETL) across science.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Honours degree and PGCE in
Science teaching assessed at
masters level; and
grade C.
basis.
Modules
Core modules

5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Interview; and
check for full-time study.
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Five years part-time
(starts September)
Developing STEM Education

Research in a Professional
Context
Dissertation
Optional modules
in Education: A Comparative
Perspective
Study methods and

assessment
We offer a number of flexible ways
to study, including full-time and
part-time attendance at NTU;
blended learning; distance learning;
and modules taught at your own
institution (by prior arrangement).
Modules are assessed and there are
no formal examinations. You will
also work on a number of different
small-scale research projects based
in your work setting, a literature
review, and a research-based
dissertation.
Career development
Many graduates have gone on to
Leading Learning Beyond the

Classroom
Mentoring in an Educational
Setting
Writing for Publication
Each module has an assignment
attached to it that is linked to your
own experience, applying theory
and practice and ensuring that your
own working practices gain
practical benefits from your study.
The course content

reflects the latest
STEM education
environment.
CLIFTON
194

7400_EDU_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:05 Page 16
MSc
Computing in Education
This course is ideal if you are a teacher or educator in a variety of subjects. It will improve your
knowledge of new technologies and computer science, and develop your ability to use these to
enhance your classroom learning.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree;
grade C; and
related field.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Three to five years part-time
(starts September, January,
April)
This course gives you the

opportunity to explore issues
relating to computing in education.
It specifically focuses on using new
technologies and digital literacy to
innovate learning and improve your
practice.
Recent changes to the curriculum
for primary and secondary
computer science have left many
educational professionals with gaps
in their ICT knowledge. This
innovative course aims to bridge
these gaps with practical technical
knowledge supported by critical
analysis of computing science in
education and teaching.
This is a demanding and exciting

programme that requires you to
immerse yourself in reading,
thinking and discussion alongside
practical ICT sessions. Hands-on
sessions will be run in our specialist
computing labs by expert tutors
from both our teaching and
computer science teams, giving you
access to the latest thinking from
both areas.
Developing Digital Literacy in the

Classroom
You must be employed in an

educational setting or have
arranged access to a suitable
educational environment. You will
undertake research and reflection
within this educational
Computational Thinking in the

Curriculum
Career development
Creativity and Innovation Using

Technology Programming for the
Classroom
A masters qualification is
increasingly seen as both academic
enhancement and a means to
facilitate career progression.
Modules
Engaging Learners in Computer

Science
Anticipating and Responding to
Technological Change in an
Educational Setting
Research Skills or Research in a
Professional Context
Dissertation
Benefit from hands-on

sessions run by
experts in specialist
labs.
Study methods and

assessment
The practical elements of this

course will lead to technical skills
highly sought after in schools,
colleges and educational settings.
You will be skilled not only in new
technologies, but also how to use
these to enhance teaching and
education.
Many graduates have gone on to

CLIFTON
195
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 1
School of Science and Technology
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 2
We are one of the UKs most pioneering Science and Technology schools. Our courses
are taught in an inspiring environment which is innovative in its design and relevant to
industry. The practical nature of our courses means that you are hands-on from day
one, giving you the skills employers are looking for.
Why choose the School of Science and

Technology?
Work placements of up to one year can boost your
employability, shape your research project and are
often paid.
Our cutting-edge facilities enable you to replicate
industry standard work during your studies and
research project.
Get involved with our pioneering and world-leading
research activities that address global issues.
Enhance your employability with our strong
commercial links, extending your professional
practice through industry projects, guest lectures
and study visits.
We offer flexible study

routes. Full-time,
part-time and distance
learning opportunities
are available.
Research with a global impact
We continue to have an international reputation for our
research which seeks to provide ground-breaking
solutions to real-life problems. In the latest Research
Excellence Framework exercise our biomedical,
computer science and general engineering teams all
celebrated the impact of almost all of their research
being recognised as world leading or internationally
excellent.
Our research is important to ensure the vitality and
health of our subjects and underpins the teaching of
all our courses. We are leading the way with our global
and ground-breaking research into infections that
have been acquired from consuming bacteriallycontaminated powdered infant formula; monitoring
changes in honey bee activity; x-ray imaging for security
screening; improving exercise performance in the heat;
and Smart materials technologies, to name just a few.
Cutting-edge facilities
You will have access to our advanced technical facilities
and equipment right from your first day at NTU. With
the help of our highly skilled technical staff, you can
refine and hone your skills using industry-standard
equipment, before focusing on an area of interest with
your research project. Our facilities include:
some of the best teaching and research laboratories
in the UK;
a British Olympic Association approved
environmental chamber;
a performance analysis laboratory;
dedicated computing and technology facilities
including games console, networking and security
and Human-Interactive technology labs;
imaging and display research facilities;
biomedical and natural sciences research centres;
and
an on-campus astronomical observatory.
More information at www.ntu.ac.uk/sat

197
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 3
MRes
Applied Biosciences
An MRes is an independent research-based course, supervised by one of our experienced academic
staff. It will help you gain extensive knowledge in a particular subject area as well as develop your
practical skills through an extended laboratory-based research project.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
laboratory experience.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
Two years part-time
MRes Bioanalytical Sciences starts
September only
Fees: www.ntu.ac.uk/satpgfees
Choose an MRes course in an

area of your interest.
Courses available
Study methods and

assessment
Techniques in Macromolecular
Analysis
These courses are divided into a

taught element and a laboratorybased research project. There are
two core modules which are
common to all courses and are
designed to equip you with the
practical skills and techniques
required for your research project.
You will also study modules to
complement your past experience
or qualifications and your chosen
subject area.
Drug Detection, Analysis and

Screening
You will undertake self-guided and

formal assessments, written
assignments, tests, formal
examinations, oral and poster
presentations, to test your
acquisition of masters level
knowledge and skills.
Molecular Biology
Career development
The vast majority of students
progress on to employment within
their chosen field of study for a
PhD. This is because they are able
to develop extensive knowledge of
their subject area as well as vital
research skills.
Core modules
MRes Bioanalytical Science
MRes Biotechnology
Special Topics in Biotechnology
MRes Cancer Biology
Cell Culture and Antibody
Technology
Biology of Disease
MRes Cell Biology
MRes Molecular Microbiology
Molecular Microbiology
MRes Molecular Biology
Molecular Biology
Analysis
MRes Neuropharmacology
Cognitive Neuroscience
Neurophysiology
MRes Pharmacology
Pharmacology
Neurophysiology
These two modules are common to

all courses:
Research Methods and Bioethics
Research Project
Develop vital research

skills in a specialist
area of interest.
CLIFTON
198
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Bioscience and

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 4
Sankalita Ray
MRes Cancer Biology
Whatever I want to study, NTU is leading
with pioneering research in this area.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/sankalitaray to
hear more about Sankalitas experience.
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 5
MSc by Research
Applied Biosciences
Our MSc by Research in Applied Biosciences has different pathways, allowing you to specialise in a
chosen area of interest. These courses will fully prepare you for research work upon graduation.
Study methods and

assessment
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
Two years full-time with one
year placement
Two years part-time
There are three core modules which

are common to all pathways.
These equip you with the necessary
skills and techniques required to
carry out your research project.
In addition, you will study specific
modules from our portfolio to
complement your past experience
or qualifications and your chosen
pathway.
MSc (Res) Pharmacology

Cell Biology and Physiology
Biology of Disease
Neurophysiology
Pharmacology
Career development
MSc (Res) Molecular Microbiology

Microbial Diagnostics
Analysis
Medical Microbiology
Graduates of these courses develop

a number of specific skills relevant
to industry and to further academic
study. Knowledge and skills
acquired will depend on the
modules you choose, reflecting
your interests, and be directly
relevant to your career and
professional development.
Core modules

Scientific Analysis, Review and
Presentation
Research Project
Courses available
CLIFTON
200
MSc (Res) Neuropharmacology

Pharmacology
Neurpharmacology
You will undertake written

assignments, tests, formal
examinations, and oral and poster
presentations to test your
acquisition of master's level
These three modules are common

to all courses:
Choose a specialist
pathway according to
your interests and
aspirations.
MSc (Res) Cancer Biology

Molecular Biology
Technology
Biology of Disease
MSc (Res) Biotechnology

Molecular Biology
Technology
MSc (Res) Molecular Cell Biology

Technology
Molecular Biology
Analysis
Biology of Disease
MSc (Res) Environmental
Management
Institute of Environmental
Management and Assessment
(IEMA) Approved Associate
Certificate Course in
Environmental Management
(UK)
Systems (ISO 14001)
Practical Resource Management

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 6
MSc
This course provides you with a multidisciplinary approach to the study of the molecular biology of
micro-organisms. It covers the key concepts associated with molecular microbiology and how to
use these when considering their role in health, disease and in the natural environment.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
year placement
This course provides you with

opportunities to study the
advanced principles of the
metabolism and genetics of
microbes involved in clinical health,
the natural environment and
infectious diseases. Further studies
specialise in modern genomics and
infectious disease diagnosis.
Practical work forms a large
proportion of your learning and
there is an emphasis on developing
knowledge and understanding to
acquire the skills, qualities and
attributes expected by employers or
for postgraduate research.
Modules
In Terms One and Two you will

study your taught modules, and in
Three and Four you will conduct
your masters level research project.
workshops and laboratories,
seminars, project work and guided
reading.
In addition to your research project,
you will be assessed by a variety of
components including in-class tests,
written assignments, oral and
poster presentations, case studies,
laboratory reports, and a skills
portfolio.

Two years part-time

Business and Enterprise
Analysis

Research Project

Study methods and

assessment
Career development
There are a wide range of career
opportunities within microbiology.
You will work with leading
academics on your course and gain
the important academic and
professional skills necessary to help
you obtain employment.
During the course you will gather
relevant practical skills through
laboratory classes, producing a
training record. This can be
presented to potential employers as
proof of competence in a
laboratory setting.
Course includes
flexible start dates
and a part-time study
route.

CLIFTON
201
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 7
MSc
Biomedical Science
This course provides a biological understanding of human disease processes, the treatment
principles of such diseases, and the underlying biological disciplines that enable their study and
explanation.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
You will work with our highly

regarded academics, who are
active in a broad range of research
areas, recently achieving 100%
world-leading or internationallyexcellent research impact (REF
2014).
Study methods and

assessment
The course is made up of a

combination of core and optional
modules. You will also undertake an
exciting six month research project
either at NTU, or another academic
or industrial research laboratory in
the UK or abroad.
This is our most flexible course yet.

You can study a postgraduate
certificate, diploma or masters via
part-time or full-time study. You
also have the opportunity to
specialise and focus on a pathway
of your choice.
You will study your taught modules

in Terms One and Two. In the Third
and Fourth Term you will conduct
your masters level research project.
Performance is assessed by written

assignments, computer-aided
learning packages, dissertation, oral
presentation, laboratory reports
and formal examinations.
Study options:
Core modules
One year full-time


Technology

year placement

Research Project
Career development
Two years part-time

Optional modules
This programme has been designed

specifically to prepare students for
entering the world of work within
hospital pathology laboratories and
biotechnical / pharmaceutical
companies.
You can choose to study:

Pharmacology

Molecular Biology

Or one of the above modules

plus one of the following
eLearning modules
This course is accredited by the

Institute of Biomedical Science
(IBMS).
Biology of Disease
Cellular Pathology
Clinical Chemistry
Haematology and Transfusion
Science
Develop your interests

during the six month
research project.
CLIFTON
202
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Biomedical and

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 8
MSc
Biomedical Science (Flexible Learning)

If you would like to study part-time and through distance learning for a master's qualification whilst
you work, this flexible programme is for you. It is designed to further your career in the healthcare
profession, biomedical industry, or academia and can to lead on to a professional doctorate.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
You will already be working in
a pathology or biomedical
laboratory or have strong
interests in Biomedical
Science.
basis.
This course offers the perfect

opportunity for professionals within
the biomedical industry to develop
their qualifications. It gives you the
flexibility to study for a full masters
qualification, or to enrol for single
modules to gain continuing
professional development credits.
You will be working with our highly
regarded academics who have
achieved 100% world-leading or
internationally excellent research
impact (REF 2014). They have over
30 years experience in delivering
high quality professionally
accredited courses in this area of
study.

5.5 in each skill)
Core modules
Study options:
Scientific Analysis, Review and

Presentation
Two years part-time

(September, January, April)
Study methods and

assessment
As the majority of study is
undertaken online through
eLearning materials there is no
attendance required at
Nottingham Trent University during
this course. This allows you to fit
your study in around other
commitments.
The research project is conducted in
your place of work, with joint
supervision provided by your
laboratory training officer and a
member of staff from NTU.
formal assessments, enabling us to
monitor your progress.
Research Project
Research Methods
Specialist subjects are chosen

from the following options:

Cellular Pathology*

Haematology and Transfusion*
Career development
Graduates of this course develop a
number of specific skills relevant to
Biomedical Science. You can tailor
the course to your own skills and
interests, by choosing modules that
are directly relevant to your career
and professional development.
Clinical Chemistry*
Medical Microbiology*
Cytology
This course is accredited by the

Institute of Biomedical Science
(IBMS).
Cancer and Heart Disease

Pharmacology
Molecular Biology and DNA
Technology
Technology
Special Topics in Molecular
Biology
*These modules are available in standard
form or with Professional Studies (e.g.
Cellular Pathology with Professional Studies).
Take single CPD

modules or study
for a full MSc.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Biomedical and

203
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 9
MRes
Bioinformatics
The Biotechnology and Pharmaceutical industries are rapidly developing. This course is ideal if you
want to be at the forefront of these developments and is particularly relevant for students who
want to go on to study for a PhD after graduation.
This course is designed to enable
students with a first degree in
Bioinformatics to undertake
extended research into particular
areas of interest. It has been
designed by world-leading
researchers, who will be directly
involved in teaching and project
supervision.
Study methods and

assessment
We have a thriving research

community and are committed to
translating our teaching excellence
into competitive, effective
graduates. You will therefore be
equipped to inspire and innovate in
your chosen career.
The research project forms a major

part of this course, and you will be
guided on the choice of topic by
discussion with your programme
leader. You will be supported
throughout by your individual
supervisor and regular meetings are
held to assess progress.
One year full-time

(starts September)
Modules
You will study the following core

modules:

Statistics for Bioinformatics

formal assessments, including
written assignments, an oral
presentation, formal examinations,
poster presentations and a thesis /
research project to test your
acquisition of masters level
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:

Term One
Research Methods
Depending on your previous
experience or qualifications, you will
also be guided in choosing either:
Bioinformatics and Molecular
Genetics
Or, 20 credit points from modules
studied in the second term:
Term Two
Software Engineering 2
The Research Methods module is

delivered by eLearning alongside
supportive seminars. The materials
have been specially designed to
provide you with a supported and
structured learning experience.
Career development
Graduates of this course have gone
on to pursue careers as
biotechnicians, senior researchers
and university lecturers, in
organisations such as the Paterson
Institute for Cancer Research, Tata
Institute of Fundamental Research
and Khalsa College, India.
Machine Learning
Medical Informatics
Advanced Genome Analysis
Systems Biology
Learn to solve real

world biological
problems and change
lives.
CLIFTON
204
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Biology and

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 10
MSc
Biotechnology
Biotechnology is a key international growth area and this course is driven by the latest commercial
and research advances in the field. Students learn from experienced academic researchers and
have the option to undertake a research project in industry.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
You will study a range of topics

that include relevant practical
techniques. This will successfully
prepare you for your five month
research project, where you can
focus on a subject area of your
choice. This can either take place
at NTU or at another academic
industrial research laboratory, in the
UK or abroad. Content is updated
regularly to reflect changes within
industry.

5.5 in each skill)
Modules
Study options:
Molecular Biology
One year full-time


Technology

year placement
Two years part-time
Core modules:
Study methods and

assessment
During this course you will study a
mixture of core and optional
modules which will complement
your individual research project.
reading.
of different types of course work
including written assignments, oral
and poster presentations, and
examinations. Your research
project will involve the design,
implementation and reporting of a
major research task.
Career development
This degree provides you with the

wide range of careers within the
field of biotechnology. You will also
gain valuable transferable skills.
Research Project
Optional modules:
Analysis

Students would also be well-placed

to study for a PhD.
work in the following organisations
and roles:
2 Sisters Food Group Quality
Assurance Manager
College of Education, Sokoto
Lecturer
Novozyns and Biopharma
Research Scientist
Nottingham Trent University
Technical Staff member
Course includes
flexible start dates and
part-time study route.

CLIFTON
205
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 11
MSc
Pharmacology
This course introduces you to the latest advances in commercial pharmacological science. It is
ideal for recently qualified undergraduates looking to obtain a job in a pharmaceutical company.
It is also ideal for anyone currently working in this sector who wishes to enhance their career
potential.
This course develops the theoretical

and practical skills needed for a
career in pharmacology by
familiarising students with the
latest advances in commercial
pharmacological science.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
year placement
Two years part-time
As well as studying a range of

taught modules, you will have
the opportunity to carry out a
cutting-edge research project,
using modern equipment, in
purpose-built laboratories.
You will work alongside our highly
regarded lecturers who are also
active researchers, and have the
opportunity to hear from invited
guest lecturers. There is also an
opportunity to take a year-long
work placement.
Modules
Neurophysiology
Biology of Disease
Pharmacology

Analysis
Research Project
Study methods and

assessment
The course is made up of six taught
modules and a research project.
demonstrations, computer
packages, seminars, project work
and guided reading.
components including written
assignments, oral and poster
presentations and formal
examinations.
Career development
We provide a nurturing
environment for masters students
to achieve their full potential.
Our courses are designed to meet
the needs of current employers and
provide graduates with skills that
are highly valued in industry and
academia.
Our graduates have gone on to
work in a diverse range of roles in
academic and industrial research
laboratories, pharmaceutical
companies, regulatory bodies, or as
writers in scientific journals.
Gain industry insight

from guest speakers.
CLIFTON
206
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Pharmacology

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 12
MSc
Neuropharmacology
This stimulating course will give you the theoretical and practical skills needed to enter a career in
neuropharmacology in an academic institution, research institute, or in industry. It is also a great
stepping stone if you are currently working for a neuroscience company or in a pharmacology
research-related area and are looking to develop a competitive edge.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
You will develop your practical skills

through an extended laboratorybased research project and learn
how to plan, apply effective data
analysis skills to your results, and
communicate your findings in an
articulate and professional manner.
You can take a year-long work
placement, and as the course
progresses, you will produce a
training record which can be
presented to potential employers as
proof of your competence in a
laboratory setting.
Modules
One year full-time


year placement
Two years part-time

Neurophysiology
Research Project


Analysis
Pharmacology
Study methods and

assessment
The course is made up of six taught
modules and a research project.
seminars, project work and through
guided reading.
assignments, oral and poster
presentations, formal examinations,
laboratory reports, case studies and
skills portfolio.
Career development
There are a wide range of career
opportunities within
neuropharmacology. At the end of
the course, you will have developed
many transferable skills that will
make you more attractive to
potential employers in the related
areas of molecular bioscience and
neuropharmacology.
If you choose to take one, your
research project and placement will
give you the skills you need to
follow a career in research and
development.
Enhance your
employability through
practical applications
and an optional work
placement.

CLIFTON
207
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 13
MSc
Molecular Cell Biology

This exciting course is designed to give you the theoretical and practical skills needed for a career
in molecular bioscience within companies and research organisations. It covers a wide range of
up-to-date and industry relevant technologies and will enable you to become familiar with the
latest advances and commercial techniques.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
The course includes a detailed

exploration of molecular and
cellular biology which underpins
further molecular study of human
disease.
You will study a range of relevant
topics including a practical
techniques module. This will
successfully prepare you for the
research-based laboratory project,
where you can choose from a range
of specific research areas of
interest.
Modules
Study options:
Molecular Biology
One year full-time


Technology

year placement
Biology of Disease
Two years part-time


Research Project
Study methods and

assessment
The course is made up of taught
modules alongside a research
project.
It is delivered through lectures,
laboratory classes, demonstrations,
computer packages, and
project work. You will learn in
state-of-the-art lecture theatres,
computing, library and laboratory
facilities.
of methods including written
assignments, oral presentations,
poster presentations and
examinations. The research project
will involve the design,
major research task.
Career development
This course cultivates the
wide range of careers within the
field of biosciences.
Graduates are well-versed in current
relevant ethical issues. With an
understanding of how these impact
on business, this makes them a
valuable addition to any company.
Discover the latest

industry techniques
and advances in
commercial
applications.
CLIFTON
208

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 14
MRes
This eLearning course is designed to give you the theoretical and practical skills needed to develop,
implement and manage a resource strategy for a public or private-sector organisation. It will show
you how to achieve sustainable development within a framework of economic growth.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Organisations are under pressure to

revolutionise business efficiency
and the use of sustainable
technologies through effective
environmental management.
There is an increasing demand for
masters-level graduates with the
skills and knowledge to implement
environmental management
systems in line with international
standards such as ISO 14001 and
Eco-Management and Audit
Scheme (EMAS).
Graduates of this course are well
placed to address this demand and
the hands-on nature of the Practical
Resource Management module
reinforces the skills you will gain.
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Modules
Advanced Environmental
Management

Systems (ISO 14001)
Practical Resource Management
Research Project
Study methods and

assessment
Although you will study much of
the course by distance learning, it is
important that you feel part of a
coherent group and that you meet
others on the course, as well as your
academic and commercial tutors.
The Practical Resource
Management module will be
delivered as a seven-day intensive
residential course.
The taught modules are assessed
by a variety of different types of
coursework. The research project
module will involve the design,
major research task. You will take
self-guided and formal
assessments, including written
assignments, oral presentations,
online assessment tests, poster
presentations and a thesis.
Career development
This course has been devised in
consultation with industry, and you
will benefit from industrial
accreditation and gain an
understanding of the legal and
environmental framework affecting
environmental management.
The Practical Resource
Management module encourages
you to apply your theoretical
knowledge to real-life situations,
preparing you for work in a practical
environment.
Gain the skills required

to improve commercial
environmental
performance.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Environmental and

209
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 15
Experience our
cutting-edge facilities
If you are a bioscience, chemistry or forensic
science student you will get hands-on
experience in our laboratories from your very
first day. They are considered to be some of
the best teaching and research laboratories
in the UK, so it is no wonder that our students
get the practical experience that employers
and researchers are looking for.
Take a virtual tour of our facilities to see why
our students love studying at NTU. You will
be introduced to our staff, meet our students
and experience our industry standard
equipment.
Pop on your virtual lab coat and join us at
www.ntu.ac.uk/sciencetours for a tour.
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 16
MSc
Chemistry
Chemistry (Professional Practice)
These courses enable you to further your knowledge of chemistry in a diverse range of topics
from organic synthesis to nano-composites and chemotherapeutics. Choose the one year full-time
MSc Chemistry route, or undertake one year full-time study plus a year-long work placement for the
MSc Chemistry (Professional Practice) option.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
year placement
Two years part-time
These courses enable you to further

your knowledge of chemistry with a
range of core and optional
modules. You will benefit from
working on a research project
within one of our internationally
recognised research groups.
You will gain hands-on experience
of a variety of modern
instrumentation including
multi-nuclear magnetic resonance
spectrometry (NMR), mass
spectrometry, Raman spectroscopy,
high pressure liquid
chromatography (HPLC) and size
exclusion chromatography (SEC).
Core modules
Organic Synthesis and
Characterisation of Biologically
Active Compounds
Physical Properties of Solid-state
and Nano-composite Materials
Inorganic Chemistry Beyond the
Molecule
Independent Study
Research Project
Study methods and

assessment
In Terms One to Three you will
study your taught modules.
In Term Four you will conduct
your masters level project. This
gives you 15 weeks to concentrate
full-time on a specialist area that
interests you and apply what you
have learnt to a specific problem.
reading.
Career development
gone on to work in a wide variety of
job markets including
pharmaceuticals; petrochemicals;
polymers; food and drinks; liquid
crystals; advanced materials
engineering; defence; teaching;
finance and sales.
Many graduates choose to
undertake further study and this
course provides a good basis for
progressing on to a PhD.
Optional modules
Chemotherapeutics
Screening
Boost your career

prospects with a
year-long work
placement.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Chemistry and

CLIFTON
211
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 17
MRes
Pharmaceutical Analysis
This course covers a diverse range of pharmaceutical analysis research and includes a substantial
research-led project. You will study the complexities of organic synthesis, synthesis of biologically
important molecules and NMR spectra, and develop concepts of analytical chemistry applied to
the detection and analysis of drugs.
As well as working under the
direction of world-leading science
staff you will gain hands-on
experience of a variety of modern
spectrometry, transmission electron
microscopy (TEM), scanning
electron microscopy (SEM) and
chromatography (HPLC).
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
Two years part-time
Study methods and

assessment
study your taught modules
alongside your masters level
project.
guided reading.
Your project can focus on areas

such as illicit drug profiling,
synthesis and characterisation of
anti-malarial drugs, or analysis of
drug-receptor interactions.

exam, oral presentation,
assignment and poster
presentation.
Modules
Career development

Active Compounds
There is a steady increase in

international employment
opportunities within the
pharmaceutical industry and our
graduates have gone on to work in
a wide variety of job markets
including: pharmaceuticals;
petrochemicals; polymers; food and
drinks; liquid crystals; advanced
materials engineering; defence;
teaching and finance; and sales.

Screening
Independent Study
Research Project

Course includes
flexible start dates and
part-time study route.
CLIFTON
212

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 18
MRes
Analytical Chemistry
This course is geared towards analytical professionals seeking to refresh their knowledge of
analytical chemistry and recent graduates from a wide range of chemistry-related courses.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
Two years part-time
This course enables you to develop

and further your knowledge of
chemical analysis. You will study
chromatography, spectroscopy and
spectroscopic methods in drugs
analysis.
You will also acquire knowledge in
advanced instrumentation /
analysis, covering special topics in
metabonomics and metabolomics,
high throughput screening, drugs
and pharmaceuticals in the
environment, drugs in biological
samples and receptor activation.
You can expand your interests
further by selecting a chemistry-led
research project, working under the
direction of world-leading
pharmaceutical and medicinal
science staff.
Core modules
Screening
Independent Study
Research Project
Optional modules
Active Compounds
Study methods and

assessment
In terms One to Three you will
project.
reading.
components including a written
exam, oral presentation,
assignment and poster
presentation.
Career development
Our strength lies in the relevance of
our degrees to the real world. By
taking this course, you will benefit
from the progressive development
of a variety of skills, such as
advanced laboratory techniques,
critical analysis and synthesis.
Chemistry graduates have gone on
to work in a variety of job markets
and recent employers include
AstraZeneca, Reckitt Benckiser,
GlaxoSmithKline and Pfizer.

Molecule
Develop your
theoretical knowledge
and practical skills
using advanced
instrumentation.

CLIFTON
213
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 19
MRes
Chemistry
This course enables you to choose from our extensive range of chemistry modules - allowing you to
match them with your interests and career aspirations. Your research project, which can be carried
out at NTU, external research institutes or in industry, allows you to tailor your study further.
This course allows you to develop a

competitive research edge which is
vital when entering the growing
chemistry market within the UK and
internationally.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
As well as working and studying

under the direction of world-leading
chemistry and forensics staff, you
will gain hands-on experience of a
variety of modern instrumentation
including multi-nuclear magnetic
resonance spectrometry (NMR),
mass spectrometry, transmission
electron microscopy (TEM),
scanning electron microscopy
(SEM) and high pressure liquid
One year full-time

Core modules
Two years part-time


Independent Study
Research Project

Optional modules
Screening
Study methods and

assessment
In terms One to Three you will
project.
reading.
Career development
The pharmaceutical and chemical
industry is a well-established market
that is growing globally. Graduates
from this course have gone on to
work in a wide variety of job sectors
materials engineering; defence;
teaching; finance and sales.

Active Compounds
Molecule
Chemotherapeutics
Choose from a range

of modules to
complement your
interests.
CLIFTON
214

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 20
MRes
Advanced Materials Engineering

This course is ideal if you have a strong physics or materials background and wish to gain more
specialised knowledge of advanced engineering materials. It will provide you with the advanced
knowledge, skills and attributes required for a career in analytical chemistry and its sub-disciplines.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
This course enables you to develop

and further your knowledge with a
range of taught modules and a
materials engineering-led research
project within one of our research
groups.
One year full-time

As well as working and studying

under the direction of world leading
pharmaceutical and medicinal
science staff, you will gain handson experience of a variety of
modern instrumentation including
Two years part-time

Modules


5.5 in each skill)
Study options:


Molecule
Independent Study
Research Project
Study methods and

assessment
In Terms One and Two you will
study your taught modules and in
Term Three you will conduct your
masters level project.
guided reading.
methods including written exams,
oral presentations, assignments
and poster presentations.
Career development
Our strength lies in the relevance of
our degrees to the real world. By
taking this course you will benefit
from the progressive development
of a variety of skills, such as
advanced laboratory techniques,
critical analysis and synthesis.
Chemistry graduates have gone on
to work in a variety of job markets
and recent employers include
AstraZeneca, Reckitt Benckiser,
GlaxoSmithKline and Pfizer.
Gain specialist skills in

advanced materials
engineering.

CLIFTON
215
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 21
MRes
Pharmaceutical and Medicinal Science

Develop your knowledge of pharmaceutical and medicinal science by studying the complexities of
organic synthesis, synthesis of biologically important molecules and NMR spectra. Other areas of
study include strategies involved in drug synthesis, disease state and the role of chemotherapeutics
and synthesis of drug-like molecules.
This course covers a diverse range
of materials, pharmaceutical and
medicinal research and includes a
substantial research-led project
within one of our diverse range of
internationally recognised research
groups.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
Two years part-time
You will gain hands-on experience

of a variety of modern
Industrial scientists from
AstraZeneca and Vectura deliver
some of the module content
relevant to their workplace.
Modules
Active Compounds
Chemotherapeutics
Independent Study
Research Project
Study methods and

assessment
study your taught modules and
conduct your masters level project.
guided reading.
methods including written exams,
oral and poster presentations, and
assignments.
Career development
There is a steady increase in
international employment
opportunities within the
pharmaceutical industry.
Our graduates have gone on to
work in a wide variety of job sectors
materials engineering; defence,
teaching; and finance and sales.
progressing onto a PhD.
Guest lecturers from

leading companies
including AstraZeneca
and Vectura deliver
some module content.
CLIFTON
216

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 22
MRes
Medical and Materials Imaging

This course gives you a unique opportunity to develop knowledge and practical skills in a wide
range of techniques and approaches in both medical and materials imaging. It enables you to
study and develop knowledge and expertise in a specialist area of imaging according to your
personal interests and aspirations.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
You can gain skills in experimental

lab techniques, optical techniques,
writing scientific and research
literature and the theory behind the
practical focus.
Research Methodology and Ethics
You will have access to modern

facilities where you will be using
state-of-the-art equipment
including: MRI magnets 2.2 Tesla,
Transmission Electron, Scanning
Electron and Confocal microscopes
and Optical Coherence Tomography.
Research Project
Working with world-leading

researchers in their field, you will gain
skills in experimental lab techniques,
optical techniques, writing scientific
and research literature alongside
studying the theory behind the
practical focus.
Modules
You will undertake an extended

project (experimental or
theoretical) in an area related to
your chosen imaging specialism.
Study methods and

assessment
study your taught modules then in
Term Four you will conduct your
masters level project. This gives
you 15 weeks to concentrate
full-time on a specialist area of
interest and apply what you have
learnt to a specific problem.
Medical imaging
Topics include:
MRI Imaging and Medical
Diagnostics
Optical Coherent Tomography
(OCT) and Medical Imaging
Diagnostic Sonography
Computed Tomography and
X-ray Medical Imaging
Materials and security imaging
Specialise in the
exciting areas of
medical and materials
imaging.
This module provides an

underpinning in research skills
relevant to the independent
study required for an MRes.
Topics include:
Digital Imaging and Image
Processing
Advanced Microscopy
Spectral Imaging
Interferometry and Its Applications
X-ray and mmwave scanning,
Imaging and Analysis
Comparison Microscope and
Imaging for applications in
Forensic Science
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Physics and


seminars, research, case studies,
experimental based work and
image analysis.
Career development
This course provides a solid base for
a career as a scientist or engineer in
a range of industries reliant upon
imaging. This includes materials
engineering, manufacturing,
research and development,
healthcare, medical instrumentation
or medical related software
industries. Imaging technology is
also increasingly being used in
specialist areas of art history,
preservation and archaeology.
The course also provides a basis for
further study towards PhD research
or for training as a clinical / hospital
scientist.
CLIFTON
217
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 23
Cracking the cancer code

The John van Geest Cancer Research Centre aims
to save lives and speed recovery by improving the
early diagnosis and treatment of cancer.
The John and Lucille van Geest Foundation
endowed Nottingham Trent University with a
research grant of 8 million to establish a
dedicated cancer research facility. Nottingham
has been a focus of cancer research for over 40
years and our centre cements that legacy.
The centre have two personalised treatment
approaches for patients with cancer:
Improving the diagnosis and management of
breast and prostate cancers.
Developing vaccines and immunotherapies to
improve survival rates and quality of life for
cancer sufferers.
Our centre is unique as it houses scientists from
four different science disciplines, all working
closely together to crack the cancer code. Our
scientists work with state-of-the art equipment
and facilities enabling us to successfully meet the
significant challenges of modern day cancer
research.
Our teaching is informed by our ground-breaking
research, which is why our postgraduate research
and work placements students can work closely
with the centre, supporting the vital research and
at the same time gaining essential practical skills.
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/vangeest to find out more
about our pioneering research.
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 24
MRes
Sport Science
This distinctive research-based MRes allows the flexibility to develop a specific area of expertise
within Sport Science. This course provides the opportunity to develop expertise within a specific
area, such as performance analysis, sports nutrition or biomechanics.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
As the focus is on developing

research expertise, the project is
conducted over the entire year of
study with the aim of producing a
publishable journal article. You can
focus on any sport-related discipline
including sports nutrition,
performance analysis, sports
physiology or psychology. Current
practical and research skills are
embedded in the course to reflect
the needs of sport-related careers
and industry.
Integrated placements and work
experience opportunities are
available and examples include:
performance analysts at
professional football clubs; sports
science support with elite athletes;
strength and conditioning work
with elite athletes; physiological
monitoring of elite athletes; and
creativity and innovation
management placements at Alton
Towers Resort.
Study methods and

assessment
The taught modules are delivered
by a combination of lectures,
laboratory sessions, seminars and
tutorials. The research project will
involve the design, implementation
and evaluation of a major research
task.
Career development
Recent graduates of this course
have pursued careers as
performance analysts, sport
scientists and physiologists in
professional football clubs, the NHS
and in health and fitness
organisations. The course is also a
great stepping stone to a PhD.
Modules include
Sport Science Research Methods
Sport in Action
Advanced Topics in Sport and
Exercise Psychology
Exercise Physiology
Performance Analysis
Current Topics in Performance
Nutrition
Biomechanics of Optimal
Performance
Current Issues in Sport and
Exercise Psychology
Get hands-on
experience working
with elite athletes.
Creativity and Innovation

Experimental Sport
Biomechanics
Applied Sport Psychology
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Sport and

CLIFTON
219
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 25
MRes
Performance Nutrition
Adapting an athletes diet to reflect their needs can have a profound effect on training and
performance. Getting to grips with and planning individualised nutritional strategies are the focus
of this course.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Sports nutrition is the study and

practice of nutrition and diet in
relation to athletic performance.
During this course you will get
hands-on experience of assessing
and evaluating the type and
quantity of fluid and food taken by
an athlete and how this impacts on
every aspect of their performance.
You will have access to a wide
range of state-of-the-art sport and
health-related research facilities.
Depending on where your research
interests lie, you can utilise one of
our many laboratories, kitchens and
nutrition suites.
You will develop research expertise,
with a project conducted over the
entire year of study. The aim is to
develop and submit work of
publishable quality. Current
practical, technical and research
skills are embedded in the course to
reflect the needs of sport-related
careers and industry, but it is also a
great stepping stone to a PhD.
Modules
Sport Science in Action
Sport Research Project
Current Topics in Performance
Nutrition
Study methods and

assessment
task.
Assessment includes oral and poster
presentations, assignments, journal
articles and an interview.
Career development
Recent graduates have pursued
careers as performance
nutritionists, health advisers and
performance analysts. Employers
have included the NHS, professional
football clubs and private health
clubs.
This degree can provide a platform
if you are considering a PhD, and
want to gain further experience and
relevant qualifications before
committing to a research degree.
Get hands-on
experience during your
research project.
CLIFTON
220

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 26
MRes
Being able to improve an athletes performance is a valuable skill. This course focuses on the
feedback and techniques required to improve performance and includes, technique and motion
analysis biomechanics and notational analysis.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Recent research estimates that

athletes and coaches can only recall
30% of their performance correctly.
This course gives you the
performance analysis techniques
and skills to fill in the other 70%.
That is why this area of expertise is
increasingly in demand by
professional football teams and
cycling squads.
Performance analysis is a very
practical subject and you will have
access to the latest equipment to
enhance your studies. You can use
our digital infrared cameras to
analyse body movements, add an
extra dimension to your research
with our force plates which are
embedded into our indoor track,
and analyse match performance
with our powerful software
packages.
publishable quality.
Current practical, technical and
research skills are embedded in
the course to reflect the needs of
sport-related careers and industry,
but it is also a great stepping stone
to a PhD.
Modules
Study methods and

assessment
task.
Career development
careers as performance analysts
and officers. Employers have
included professional football
clubs such as Tottenham Hotspur,
Southampton and Notts County,
as well as local councils and private
health clubs.
Get hands-on
experience during your
research project.

CLIFTON
221
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 27
MRes
Sport and Exercise Psychology

On this course you will discover the techniques used to psychologically prepare athletes for the
demands of competing or to motivate the general public to increase participation levels. You will
develop a range of practical and empirical skills that are transferable across industry, sport and
health sectors.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Sport Psychology is a relatively new

and growing area which is
becoming increasingly important to
elite sports professionals who want
to gain the competitive edge. The
course equips graduates to work in
this new and expanding industry.
The focus is on developing research
expertise, with a project conducted
over the entire year of study. The
aim is to develop and submit work
of publishable quality for a journal
or periodical. Current practical,
technical and research skills are
embedded in the course to reflect
the needs of sport-related careers
and industry but it is also a great
stepping stone to a PhD.
You will develop a strong
combination of applied and
research skills, balanced with how
to communicate key information to
relevant sports industry partners.

Modules


Current Issues in Sport and
Exercise Psychology
Study methods and

assessment
task.
Career development
Graduates have pursued careers
in sports marketing and
management, sports injury
and rehabilitation and sport
psychology research. Employers
have included Manchester United
FC, Northumbria University, the
Institute of Youth Sport, Kings
College and the English Institute
of Sport.
if you are considering a PhD and
Research Project
Develop strong
research skills and
produce high quality,
publishable work.
CLIFTON
222

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 28
MRes
Exercise Physiology
Discover how the body adapts to exercise and training and the results that different and extreme
environments can have on an athletes performance. The focus is on deepening your
understanding of the human body in order to provide advice for adapting training programmes to
optimise performance.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Our industry-standard equipment

allows you to put the theory you
have learned into practice. For
example, our environmental
chamber can change temperature,
humidity and altitude to mimic
nearly any environment in the
world. You can monitor physical
activity under these conditions to
highlight the impact of different
climates on the body.
Hypoxic simulation can also be
achieved within the chamber by
reducing the amount of oxygen in
the air. This technique can be used
to treat many respiratory and
circulatory illnesses and diseases as
well as to speed up injury recovery.
You can use the environmental
chamber and our other equipment
and facilities to develop your
research expertise, with a project
conducted over the entire year. The
aim is to develop and submit work
of publishable quality. Current
careers and industry.
Study methods and

assessment
by using a combination of lectures,
task.
Career development
careers as researchers, clinical
physiologists and physiology
technicians. Employers have
included professional football clubs,
educational institutions as well as
the NHS.
Modules
Exercise Physiology
Get involved with live

industry projects.

CLIFTON
223
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 29
MRes
Biomechanics
This course enables you to significantly improve athletes performance by developing effective
motion techniques through biomechanical analysis. You will also explore and develop strategies
for movements to avoid injury.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
During this course you will use a

wide range of state-of-the-art
equipment to put the theory you
have learned into practice.
You will get hands-on experience of
using force plates, 3D video
analysis, speed guns and high
speed cameras to analyse
movements both within our
bespoke labs and out in the field of
performance. Applying the data
you produce can help identify
problems which might be restricting
sporting potential.
Study methods and

assessment
task.
Career development

publishable quality. Current
careers and industry.

careers as performance
analysts, sport scientists and
physiologists. Employers have
included Manchester United FC,
Northumbria University, the
Institute of Youth Sport, Kings
College and the English Institute
of Sport.
Modules


Biomechanics of Optimal
Performance
Use our state-of-theart equipment to

analyse technique.
CLIFTON
224

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 30
MRes
Mathematical Sciences
This new course will prepare you for the challenges of research in mathematics or statistics.
Supported by relevant taught modules and academic supervisors who are experts in your chosen
specialist subject, you will undertake a year-long research project in which you will experience all
stages of the research process.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
You will gain knowledge of a chosen

topic in mathematics or statistics
and develop your research skills in
project planning, reviewing
literature, group discussions,
research presentations and writing
publications.
You can choose to work with
experts from a range of areas
including quantum cryptography,
graph theory, statistical analysis,
bioinformatics and mathematical
modelling.
You will take three taught modules
each providing you with the
underpinning theory to support
your research work.
Modules
Computational Statistics and
Data Analysis
Applied Statistics
Statistical Modelling
Mathematical Recipes
Topics in Mathematical Biology
Linear Systems
Topics in Applied Mathematics
Topics in Pure Mathematics
Coding Theory and Cryptography
Research Methods
Research Project
Study methods and

assessment
In the first two terms you will study
your taught modules, in which you
develop your research skills through
group work and assignments, and
learn cutting-edge mathematics in
small-group lectures and seminars.
Alongside the taught material, you
will begin work on your research
project, with regular structured
meetings with your supervisory
team. Over the summer you will be
able to focus on your project and
apply what you have learned to a
specific problem.
seminars, case studies,
presentations, discussions, group
and individual work.
Career development
If you are looking for a career in
industry, the skills you will acquire
during the course independent
learning, logical reasoning, project
planning will mean you are highly
employable in industries such as
finance, IT, business, teaching and
consultancy.
This course also provides an
excellent platform to apply for a
PhD in Mathematics or Statistics as
your independent research project
gives you the advanced research
skills you need.
Specialise in statistics,
applied mathematics
or pure mathematics.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Maths and

CLIFTON
225
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 31
MSc
Computer Science
Developed with Siemens, this course will provide you with advanced knowledge of the principles of
computer science. It develops your programming knowledge and skills for the production of
efficient software solutions.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
year placement
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
This course will provide you with the

skills employers are looking for in
qualified programmers and
software technologists. It focuses
on the very latest research concepts
and applies it to real-world
situations.
Through your research project and
your practical knowledge you will be
equipped to be an independent
learner who can analyse
requirements for computing
applications, then evaluate the
tools and solutions needed.
You have the opportunity to apply
for a year-long work placement.
Practical work experience can help
you in your studies and is often
paid. It can enhance your
commercial awareness and your
ability to link theory and practice
an invaluable skill in your future
career.
Modules
Advanced Software Engineering
Systems Analysis and Design
Service-Oriented Cloud
Technologies
Applied Artificial Intelligence
Research Methods
Mobile Interactive Systems
Major Project
Study methods and

assessment
you 15 weeks to concentrate on a
specialist area that interests you
and apply what you have learnt to
a specific problem.
reading. Assessment is through
one formal written examination
and the remaining assessments are
by coursework.
Career development
Demand for high-level software
engineering skills continues to rise.
This course provides you with the
knowledge and skills that employers
are looking for in qualified
programmers and software
technologists.
pursued careers as technical
specialists, IT and software
engineers and phone software
developers in companies such as
Siemens, Schlumberger and
Rolls-Royce. Other graduates go on
to study for a PhD.
Boost your career with

a year-long work
placement.
CLIFTON
226
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Computing and

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 32
MSc
Computer Games Systems

You will develop high-level skills required to create computer games for the leisure and education
industries while learning a variety of software engineering techniques. Take a year-long work
placement and get your career off to a flying start.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
year placement
(starts September)
During this course you will develop

the knowledge and experience to
design games systems, using
suitable programming languages.
You will learn how to create
distributed and virtual-reality
games systems using novel
platforms, languages and
environments. You will incorporate
artificial intelligence techniques
into games design and apply 3D
image generation and interfacing
techniques to games and graphics
hardware accelerators.
You can apply for a year-long work
placement. Practical work
experience can help you in your
studies and is often paid. It can
enhance your commercial
awareness and your ability to link
theory and practice an invaluable
skill in your future career.
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Modules
3D Games Algorithms


Computer Games Development
Applied Artificial Intelligence
Research Methods
Major Project
Study methods and

assessment
you 15 weeks to concentrate fulltime on a specialist area that
workshops and laboratory sessions,
guided reading. Assessment will be
by written assignments, research
projects, oral presentations, case
studies and coursework reports.
Career development
The industry-focused nature of this
course ensures you stand out from
the crowd. We are respected by
employers and our students are
recognised as having the
competitive-edge due to the
hands-on approach of our teaching.
pursued careers in software
engineering and web development
for companies such as Microsoft
and Boots as well as animation and
computer games organisations.
Other graduates go on to study for
a PhD.
Many students secure

a graduate job with
their placement
company.

CLIFTON
227
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 33
MSc
Computing Systems
This course will give you an advanced level education in applied software engineering for
computing systems. It covers commercial topics such as analysis and design, software
implementation and computer architecture through practical project-work.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
year placement
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
This course will advance your

knowledge of programming
languages and their development
environments to produce new
software solutions. You will be able
to develop multi-tasking software
using high-level and assembler
language and then implement
suitable architecture-software
constraints for computer
applications.
Study methods and

assessment
You will develop your team-working

and project management skills,
allowing you to contribute novel
solutions to the creation and
management of large computing
projects.

guided reading.

studies and is often paid; it can
Modules
Systems Analysis and Design


Engineering Interactive
Applications

you 15 weeks to concentrate on a
specialist area of interest and apply
what you have learned to a specific
problem.
Assessment will be by written

assignments, research project, case
studies and coursework reports.
Career development
course ensures that you stand out
from the crowd. We are respected
by employers and our students are
recognised as having the
competitive-edge due to the
hands-on nature of our teaching.
pursued careers as programmers,
analysts and web developers across
a range of industries, including
companies such as IBM and Balfour
Beatty.
Research Methods
Major Project
Devote 15 weeks to a
research project in
your specialist area.
CLIFTON
228

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 34
Boost your career

with a placement
Work experience can boost your
employability, shape your research project
and is often paid. With fierce competition
for jobs and research positions, theres no
better time to consider a work placement
and make your CV stand out.
A work placement is incredibly beneficial to
your career and our dedicated Employability
Team support you every step of the way
with your placement applications.
We are one of a few universities in the UK to
offer year-long work placements for
postgraduate students in the following
subject areas:
Chemistry
Computing and Technology
Biosciences
Here are just some of the benefits you can
expect from a placement:
Enhance the practical skills that employers
are looking for.
Earn a salary in the range of 13,000 to
39,000 per annum.
Test out your career options: is the job
what you expected?
Possibly secure a job with your placement
company.
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/satplacements to find
out more.
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 35
MSc
IT Security
New for 2016, this course provides a broad education in the area of computer-related security.
It will equip you to be an independent learner with advanced technical implementation skills
and a good knowledge of security issues.
You will learn advanced techniques
for programming and Internet
development, including assessment,
design and implementation
approaches. Building on this
practical foundation, you will study
computer and information security
issues before exploring, in-depth,
network-specific security.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
year placement
Two years part-time
The course focusses on the

underlying principles of technology
used to create, store and
manipulate media on computers.
You will gain experience of using
software and programming to
develop the complexity and
interactivity of applications on a
range of platforms.
apply for a year-long work
studies and is often paid; it can

Modules

Information Security
Management
Computer Forensics
Study methods and

assessment
In the first two terms you will study
your taught modules then in the
final term you will conduct your
you 15 weeks to concentrate
full-time on a specialist area that
guided reading.
Career development
This course will prepare you for
roles as a technical security
specialist together with a range of
technical development and
implementation roles. You will also
have the potential to develop into
security consultancy and technical
management roles.
Thanks to the transferable skills
gained on the programme,
graduates gain employment in a
range of related sectors, such as
project management or financial
forecasting. Other graduates go on
to study for a PhD.
Computer Security
Internet Programming
Network and Cloud Security
Research Methods
Major Project
Develop the security

skills demanded by
industry.
CLIFTON
230

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 36
MSc
Cloud and Enterprise Computing

This course will enable you to develop the skills and knowledge of scalable Enterprise-level
Information Systems. It will also enable you to analyse business requirements in order to deploy
information systems within the Enterprise and in public Computing Clouds.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
year placement
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
This course combines managerial

and computing aspects of serviceoriented computing systems for
medium and large scale
organisations.
You will gain a solid foundation in
Internet and Cloud-based systems
engineering and learn how to
optimise information flow. Then
you will analyse the impact of
deploying information systems
within Computing Clouds to
support business processes.
Learn how to design, develop, and
evaluate Enterprise Information
System (EIS) that are intelligent
and adaptive to change. Your
project will allow you to develop
greater knowledge in a Cloud or
Enterprise topic of your choice.
placement. Work experience can
help your studies and is often paid.
It enhances your commercial
theory and practice.
Modules
Entrepreneurial Leadership and
Project Management
Enterprise and Cloud Systems
Management
Study methods and

assessment
In Terms One to Three you study
your taught modules, then in Term
Four you will conduct your project.
This gives you 15 weeks to
concentrate on a specialist area of
learned to a specific problem.
laboratories, seminars and project
work. All modules are assessed
either by coursework, case studies
or dissertation and there are no
formal examinations. Laboratory
sessions and workshops are
assessed through coursework
reports and presentations.
Career development
The industry-focused nature of
this course ensures you stand out
from the crowd. Our students have
the competitive-edge due to the
You will be particularly attractive to
organisations seeking to integrate
their Enterprise-wide applications
(EAI), automate Business to
Business (B2B) relationships with
other partners, or migrate their
application services to scalable
Cloud infrastructures.
Service-Oriented Cloud
Technologies
Network and Cloud Security
Research Methods
Research Project
Be at the cutting-edge
of Cloud Computing
developments.

CLIFTON
231
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 37
MSc
Engineering Management
Get the best of both worlds by combining the theory and practice of engineering with the study of
business and resource-based management. This course is designed to meet increasing demand
for graduates with an understanding of business and management applied to industrial and
engineering sectors.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
year placement
This course is highly relevant to

industry. One of its innovative and
distinctive features is the group
design project, which provides a
challenging, simulated environment
in which you work as a member of
a team. The project will encourage
you to develop business,
management and interpersonal
skills that will enhance your
employability, with particular
emphasis on creativity, team
building, leadership and decision
making.
studies and is often paid. It can
theory and practice - an invaluable
Two years part-time

Modules
Business Operations and

Reliability Management
Group Design Project

Global Business Management


Project Management
New Business Venture
Major Project
Study methods and

assessment
The first two terms are spent
studying the taught modules and
the last term pursuing an individual
major project. This gives you 15
weeks to concentrate full-time on a
what you have learned to a specific
problem.
project work. All modules, with the
exception of Global Business
Management, are assessed by
coursework, case studies and
projects. Global Business
Management is assessed by a
combination of coursework and
examination.
Career development
the crowd, as our students have
Graduates have pursued careers as
production and technical engineers
or project managers in companies
such as Mercedes-Benz, Royal Air
Force and Bombardier. Others have
continued with PhD study.
Research Methods
Put theory into

practice with a yearlong work placement.
CLIFTON
232
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Engineering and

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 38
MSc
Engineering (Cybernetics and Communications)

This course has been designed to provide graduates with a broad education in engineering
alongside a greater depth of understanding in cybernetics and communications. You will develop
imaginative and innovative design, enterprise, leadership and interpersonal skills.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
year placement
Two years part-time
Combining computer science,

electronic engineering, mechanical
engineering and management, the
course offers opportunities to
develop innovation in design
solutions, enterprise, leadership and
interpersonal skills.
A distinctive feature of the course is
the group design project, which
provides a challenging, simulated
environment in which you work as a
member of a team. The project
encourages you to develop your
imagination and creativity in
design solutions.
experience can help your studies
and is often paid. It can enhance
your commercial awareness and
your ability to link theory and
practice an invaluable skill in your
future career.
Modules
Mobile Networks

Wireless Communications

Robotics and Cybernetics

Project Management
Study methods and

assessment
weeks to concentrate full-time on a
what you have learnt to a specific
problem.
seminars, project work and
guided reading. Global Business
combination of both coursework
and examination. All other
modules are assessed by
projects.
Career development
the crowd and our students have
become software engineers and
developers, network administrators
and support analysts in computing,
security and financial organisations.

Major Project
Research Methods
Develop your
innovative and
creative thinking in the
group design project.

CLIFTON
233
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 39
MSc
Engineering (Electronics)
Combining computer science, electronic engineering, mechanical engineering and management,
this course will enable you to develop imaginative and innovative design solutions, enterprise,
leadership and interpersonal skills.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
You will gain knowledge of

engineering alongside a greater
depth of understanding of imaging
and display technologies. This is
complemented with smart
mathematical techniques for
engineering design and
optimisation.
A distinctive feature of the course is
the group design project, which
provides a challenging, simulated
environment in which you work as a
member of the team. The project
encourages development of your
creativity and innovation in design
solutions.
Two years part-time


and is often paid. It can enhance
your commercial awareness and
your ability to link theory and
practice - an invaluable skill in your
future career.
Modules
One year full-time

year placement
Digital Control

Embedded Systems
Wireless Communications


Project Management
Study methods and

assessment
weeks to concentrate on a specialist
area of interest and apply what you
have learned to a specific problem.
seminars, project work and
guided reading. Global Business
combination of both coursework
and examination. All other
modules are assessed by
projects.
Career development
the crowd and our students have
Not only will you have enviable
transferable skills at the end of this
course, but you will also be perfectly
placed to enter a range of careers
in the industrial or engineering
sectors.

Major Project
Research Methods
Boost your career with

a year-long work
placement.
CLIFTON
234

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 40
MSc
Interactive Media Engineering

Computer-based multimedia techniques are used to communicate ideas in business, education,
government, the arts and entertainment. This course gives you a clear understanding of the
underlying principles and technical issues associated with developing computer systems that
incorporate multimedia content.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
year placement
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
You will study the underlying

principles of technology that are
used to create, store and
manipulate media. In addition,
gain experience of using state-ofthe-art software and explore how
programming can be used to
develop the complexity and
interactivity of applications.
Develop your research skills to keep
up-to-date and explore new ideas in
a rapidly changing field, all while
working with our highly regarded
and research-active staff.
and is often paid. It enhances your
commercial awareness and ability
to link theory and practice an
invaluable skill in your future career.
Modules
Interactive Design for Web
Applications
Media Creation Technology

Computer Games Development

Engineering Interactive
Applications
Research Methods
Study methods and

assessment
In the first two terms you study
your taught modules. In the final
term you will conduct your project.
This gives you 15 weeks to
concentrate on a specialist area of
learned to a specific problem.
reading. The taught part of this
course is entirely assessed by
coursework and there are no formal
examinations.
Career development
On completition of the course,
you will be able to work in any
environment where interactive
systems are needed to aid
communication. A significant
number of students have found
employment in the rapidly
developing field of computer aided
learning (CAL) where they often
combine the subject specific
knowledge from their
undergraduate degree with the new
knowledge and skills that they have
gained on this course.
Major Project
Placement students
are often offered jobs
at the end of their
course.

CLIFTON
235
7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 41
MRes
Computer Science
Electronic Systems
These courses are designed to give you the opportunity to develop research skills in an area of
computing that meets your interests and career development needs. They allow you to combine
material from any of our taught masters courses with an extended research project over a
one-year period.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
These highly technical master's

courses will develop your research
skills enriching your prior learning
and giving you the tools to succeed
in your chosen specialism. You will
work with our highly regarded
academics, who are active in a
broad range of research areas,
achieving 80% world-leading or
internationally-excellent research
impact (REF 2014).

5.5 in each skill)
The structure of these courses

allows you to choose modules from
any of our MSc Computing and
Technology courses.
Other requirements:
Core modules
Submission of work
Research Methods
Study options:
Research Project
One year full-time

Optional modules
Two years part-time

3D Games Algorithms
Artificial Intelligence
Business Operations and
Simulation
Study methods and

assessment
You will study the Research
Methods module at the beginning
of this course. This is designed to
develop knowledge, skills and
experience to provide you with a
firm foundation for your research
project.
Choose two further modules to
develop technical knowledge
relating to your research project.
A year will be spent concentrating
full-time on your masters level
project, applying what you have
learnt to a specific problem.
guided reading.
Career development
roles such as technical experts,
software engineers and software
consultants in the education,
healthcare and construction
industries.
Design Project

Games Prototyping
236
Wireless Communications and

Mobile Networking
Computing Systems
Enterprise Computing and

Systems Management
CLIFTON
Software Project Management
Computer Architecture
Digital 3D
Shape your course

choose modules in
your specialist area.
Software Engineering and

Application Design
Internet Development and

Programming
Multimedia Applications and
Computer Aided Learning
If you wish to continue your

research, this qualification is an
ideal basis for further study leading
to a PhD. If you continue your
studies at NTU your MRes work
may be put towards building a
research portfolio leading to a PhD.

7400_SAT_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:13 Page 42
Jonathan Hassall
MSc Computer Science
I decided to undertake a postgraduate qualification to
reinforce my qualifications for employment, develop more
advanced skills and pursue opportunities in research.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/jonathanhassall to read more
about Jonathan's experience.
7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 1
7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 2
The School of Social Sciences delivers education and research that will enable you to
advance your career in an environment that fosters ambition, progress, innovation and
leadership. We take pride in our high-quality courses that are intellectually stimulating
and, where appropriate, relate directly to the needs of communities, society and
professional practice.
Why choose the School of Social Sciences?
Research excellence
You will be taught by enthusiastic and knowledgeable

staff who draw upon established expertise, research
interests and professional experience.
We have a reputation for producing high quality,

socially relevant research of practical use. For example,
in the 2014 Research Excellence Framework (REF)
NTUs psychology research and social work and social
policy research were highly ranked. Psychology at NTU
has an established international research reputation
and is one of the top risers in the REF 2014 research
rankings. The 2014 assessment also showed that
60% of our research outputs for psychology were
considered to be internationally excellent or world
leading in REF 2014, and 100% of our research impact
for psychology is internationally excellent with 73%
described as world-leading.
We have a vibrant learning and working environment

that enriches and influences the lives of individuals,
communities and societies.
Our research-active teams and growing research
reputation mean our teaching is informed by the
latest subject knowledge and cutting-edge
methodologies, providing you with up-to-date and
vocationally relevant courses.
Renowned experts and professionals in related fields
are regularly invited to come and talk to our students,
providing you with an insight into their specialist
knowledge and experiences.
We provide a number of scholarships to UK, EU and
international students. Visit
www.ntu.ac.uk/s3scholarships to learn more.
95% of School of Social

Sciences postgraduates
are employed or engaged
in further study six months
after leaving.
Dedicated employability support

The University provides personalised and specialist
career advice, via our Employability Team. They will
support you throughout your time at NTU and help you
determine the skills unique to you and your studies. Our
tailored advice can help you plan the steps you need to
take to maximise your potential.
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/S3yourcareer for more information.
More information at www.ntu.ac.uk/s3

239
7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 3
MSc / PG Dip
Psychology
Our British Psychological Society (BPS) approved conversion courses are designed for graduates of
other disciplines who wish to pursue a career in psychology but whose first degree is not recognised
by the BPS. Entry on to the MSc Psychology course does not require you to have studied
psychology before.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
MSc applicants: 2.1 honours
degree.
PG Dip applicants: a minimum
60 credits of Psychology from
prior study at degree level.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
The BPS stipulates that a minimum

of 180 credit points of Psychology
are required to obtain the Graduate
Basis for Chartered Membership,
and the MSc Psychology provides
all 180 credit points.
The Postgraduate Diploma differs
in that it involves 120 credit points
only and therefore is a shorter
course, designed for those people
who already have 60 credit points
of Psychology from prior study at
degree level.
Modules
Biological Psychology
Social Psychology
Developmental Psychology
Study options:
Cognitive Psychology
MSc Psychology:
Individual Differences
One year full-time

(starts September)
The course is assessed via

examination, coursework (including
essays, laboratory reports and
literature reviews), oral
presentations and a research
project.
Career development
Statistics
By choosing this course, you may

be eligible on graduation to
undertake further training as a
professional psychologist (for
example, in forensic, clinical,
educational, occupational,
counselling or sport Psychology).
Psychology Research Project
Nine months full-time

(starts September)
Specialist Psychological Essay

(MSc only)
21 months part-time
(starts September)
Contemporary Psychology
(MSc only)
Fees: www.ntu.ac.uk/s3pgfees
240
You will carry out both an empirical

research project with a research
active member of staff and an
in-depth literature-based
dissertation. You may be able to
make use of our links with external
organisations to complete your
research project.
Research Methods
PG Dip Psychology:
CITY
The course is based on core

modules that are taught by
teaching staff who are experienced
in supporting students from diverse
backgrounds.
Historical and Conceptual Issues
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Study methods and

assessment
Successful completion
of either qualification
confers the Graduate
Basis for Chartered
Membership (GBC)
with the BPS.
Alternatively you can pursue an

academic and / or research career
in Psychology, or exploit the
transferable skills you have learned
on the course to pursue a career
outside of Psychology.
Psychologists may work in settings
as diverse as community mental
health teams, prisons, schools, large
blue chip companies and research
laboratories.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Psychology Conversion

7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 4
MSc
Applied Child Psychology

The MSc in Applied Child Psychology looks at the advanced study of psychological development
with regard to children and adolescents. It focuses on the implications of psychological theory and
research for policy and practice across a range of applied settings, for example, education, clinical
and social contexts.

basis.
This course provides an in-depth

and critical evaluation of current
theory and practice in relation to
different areas of Child Psychology,
alongside advanced training in
research methods. It is ideal if you
have an interest in working with
children in the future or for those
interested in securing a doctoral
training place in educational
psychology.
Modules

5.5 in each skill)
Social and Cognitive

Development in Children
Study options:
The Child in Context:

Understanding Disability
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
One year full-time

(starts September)
Research Skills for Working with

Children
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Observational Methods
Understanding Atypical
Development

Learn from a
research-active team
with expertise of
working with children
within child-related
contexts.
Clinical Aspects of Behavioural

Disorders
Child Psychology Specialist Essay
Child Psychology Research
Project
Study methods and

assessment
The course is delivered through a
combination of lectures, interactive
workshops, small group teaching,
and individual project supervision.
You will have access to the
extensive facilities within the
Division of Psychology and the
Universitys virtual learning
environment (NOW). You will also
be expected to engage in
independent study during the
course.
The staff teaching on the course
are research-active in their field of
interest, which includes members
from NTUs Communication for
Inclusion Research Unit (CIRU) and
the Specific Language Impairment
Research Unit (SLIRU).
Career development
Students generally choose this
course because they wish to pursue
a career working with children.
Many already work with children
and complete the course in order to
improve their prospects of
promotion and career progression.
Others see the qualification as a
means of helping to secure a path
to teacher training or a doctoral
training place in educational
psychology. It is also possible to
pursue an academic and / or
research career in child /
developmental psychology
following graduation.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Child Psychology

CITY
241
7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 5
MRes / MSc
Psychological Research Methods

Our MRes / MSc Psychological Research Methods provides extensive training for those looking to
develop a broad range of skills relevant to independent research.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
The course has been designed to

prepare graduates in Psychology or
related disciplines for a PhD degree;
or research or related careers in
academic or applied psychological
disciplines (for example, clinical,
forensic, educational, occupational,
or counselling psychology).
Study methods and

assessment
Modules
You will be assessed in a variety of

ways and on a modular basis
through examinations, coursework,
essays, laboratory reports, oral
presentations and a research
project.
In Term One, all full-time MRes and

MSc students complete the same
core modules, which cover:

5.5 in each skill)
Advanced Experimentation and

Statistics (One)
Study options:
Psychometrics (One): Developing

Psychometric Scales
Development in Research and
Practice
One year full-time

(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Qualitative Research Design and

Analysis (One)
Research and Professional Skills

Observational Methods
In Term Two, students pursuing the
MSc award will complete five more
taught modules. MRes students
complete just two modules of their
choice. Modules include:
Statistics (Two)
The MSc emphasises more of a

taught focus, whereas the MRes
places a greater emphasis on
independent research and is
suitable for students who are
already researchers.
Career development
Graduates go on to pursue an
in various areas of psychology by
working as a research assistant or
associate, for example, or by
studying for a PhD.
You may choose to use your
research methods qualification as a
stepping stone to undertake further
training as a professional
psychologist (for example, in
forensic, clinical, and educational
psychology) or to secure careers in
data handling and analysis outside
psychology.
Psychometrics (Two): Developing

Psychometric Scales
Development in Research and
Practice
Analysis (Two)
Testing Psychological Theories
using SEM
Specialist Psychological Research
Methods Essay (MSc only)
Specialist laboratories
available.
CITY
242
Psychology Research Project
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Psychology Research

7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 6
Victoria Barnes
MSc Psychological Research Methods
NTU is special because of its breadth of research
interests. There are a lot of research-active lecturers
as well, often publishing papers and theres always
something to inspire you as a researcher.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/victoriabarnes to hear more
about Victorias experience.
7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 7
MSc
Psychological Wellbeing and Mental Health

The course is designed to equip you with an in-depth knowledge of psychological theory relevant
to the improvement and maintenance of psychological wellbeing and sound mental health in
adults.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
This course will develop your

professional research skills. You will
need these skills to evaluate, assess
and advance the current
understanding of what works in
helping adults achieve
psychological wellbeing and good
mental health.
You will develop your knowledge of
the psychological principles
underlying the psychological
therapy models explored and apply
this knowledge through practical
exercises.
Modules
Study options:
Psychological Wellbeing
One year full-time

(starts September)
Contemporary Issues in Mental

Health
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Study methods and

assessment
The course is delivered largely
through interactive workshops and
discussions, small-group teaching
and individual project supervision
but there may also be some
lectures.
You will also be expected to engage
in independent study and will have
access to the excellent facilities
within the Psychology department
and the Universitys virtual learning
environment (NOW).
A balanced range of assessments
will be used to assess you on a
modular basis including essays,
presentations, book proposals and
a research project.
Clinical Research Methods
Theory and Application to

Mental Health
Assessment, Case Formulation
and Treatment
Specialist Essay
Career development
This course is ideal if you wish to
pursue a career working in a mental
health setting or if you already work
in such a setting and hope to
improve your prospects of
promotion and career progression.
It is also possible to pursue an
in psychology following graduation
(by working as a research assistant
or associate, for example, or by
studying for a PhD). You may also
wish to pursue, or return to, applied
employment in a mental health
setting, in healthcare, counselling or
social care.
Ideal if you are

intending to work, or
are already employed
in, the mental health
sector.
CITY
244
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Psychology Wellbeing

7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 8
MSc
Forensic Mental Health

This course has been designed to equip you with the necessary skills to pursue careers in mental
health settings. It will provide you with the knowledge and skills to be independent, ethical and
culturally sensitive in your learning and future application of psychology.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
related subject.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
The MSc Forensic Mental Health will

develop your knowledge of mental
health, and introduce you to
psychological theory relevant to the
improvement and maintenance of
psychological wellbeing and sound
mental health in adults. The course
will also teach you a range of
practical and research skills which
are core to working in a variety of
related workplaces and settings.
Study methods and

assessment
The course is delivered through
lectures, interactive workshops,
small-group teaching and individual
project supervision. You will be
expected to engage in independent
study and will have access to the
facilities within the department and
the Universitys virtual learning
environment (NOW).
The course is delivered by mental

health practitioners and academics
with considerable experience
working in a range of forensic and
mental health related contexts.
Assessment is diverse and includes

portfolios, oral and conference
presentations, essays, professional
reports and a research project.
Modules
Career development
Theory and Application to

Mental Health
This course is ideal if you wish to

pursue a career working in mental
health or if you already work in
such a setting and hope to improve
your prospects of promotion and
career progression.
Contemporary Issues in Mental

Health
Explanations of Crime, Criminal
Behaviour and Victimisation
Forensic Mental Health
Mixed Methods
You may also decide to pursue, or

to return to, employment as prison
officers, forensic nurses, secure
hospital employees or mental
health and criminal justice workers.
Specialist Essay
Learn from a researchactive team including

members of the
Sexual Offences,
Crime and Misconduct
Research Unit
(SOCAMRU).
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Psychology Mental Health

CITY
245
7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 9
MSc
Forensic Psychology
This British Psychological Society (BPS) accredited MSc in Forensic Psychology is designed to
prepare Psychology graduates with the academic knowledge, practical and research skills
recommended by the BPS. The course constitutes the first year of professional training to become
a qualified practitioner within the field of Forensic Psychology.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.1 honours from a British
Psychological Society
accredited Psychology degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
references; and
Interview.
By obtaining the MSc in Forensic

Psychology, you will be completing
the first stage in your professional
training towards becoming a
qualified registered forensic
psychologist.
You will study selected modules
that cover the key knowledge and
research skills recommended by the
Division of Forensic Psychology in
the BPS. Attached to the MSc in
Forensic Psychology is the Sexual
Offences, Crime and Misconduct
Research Unit (SOCAMRU), which
incorporates a group of active
researchers currently engaged in
collaborative work with many
organisations.
Modules
Explanations of Crime, Criminal
Behaviour and Victimology
Study options:
Police, Justice System and

Psychology
One year full-time

(starts September)
Prison, Rehabilitation and

Aftercare
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Assessment, Formulation and

Treatment of Offenders and
Victims

Professional Forensic Practice and

Reflective Practice Group


Analysis (One)
Mixed Methods Research

Statistics (One and Two)
Forensic Research Project
CITY
246
Study methods and

assessment
Our Psychology Division is one of
the largest in the UK, with a group
of academics and practitioners who
conduct and supervise research in a
range of applied forensic areas.
This course is supported by a team
of approachable staff, and is
delivered through lectures,
workshops, seminars, small group
reflective practice sessions and
supervised individual research work.
Assessments are diverse and
include examinations, essays,
presentations, practical reports, a
forensic practice portfolio and a
research project.
Career development
The MSc course is ideally suited if
you are seeking a career as a
forensic psychologist, clinical
psychologist, researcher or criminal
justice or mental health worker.
Potential careers may involve
positions with the police, prison or
probation services, the NHS, the
Ministry of Justice, the private
sector, or in academia.
A wide variety of forensic work
experience opportunities (usually
one day per week during term time)
and / or applied forensic projects
are available each year.
Apply your knowledge

by undertaking
forensic work
experience or projects.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Forensic Psychology

7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 10
Doctor of
Psychology in Forensic Psychology

(DPsych in Forensic Psychology)
The DPsych in Forensic Psychology is a research-based professional doctoral course for practicing
forensic psychologists and aims to develop reflective researching practitioners.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
A masters level qualification
in a related subject; and
British Psychological Society
chartership with Full
Membership of the Division of
Forensic Psychology; or
Health and Care Professions
registration as a Forensic
Psychologist.
It is recommended that
applicants have five years
(including training) experience
in a forensic setting or at
least two years experience
post-training.
6.0 in each skill)
Other requirements:
A research proposal cover
sheet (approximately 1,000 2,000 words);
This Professional DPsych in Forensic

Psychology is a two and a half year,
part-time, research-based
programme. It allows experienced
qualified forensic psychologists the
opportunity to further develop their
knowledge, understanding, skills,
qualities and attributes in a
specialist area of Forensic
Psychology.
Throughout the course you will be
encouraged to engage in a process
of continuous reflection on yourself,
your practice and your research,
which will ensure that you develop
as a reflective researching
practitioner.
Modules
Foundations in Research
Thesis Portfolio
These modules are designed to
allow you to specialise in an area
of forensic psychology that
interests you.
Interview.
Study options:
There are no mandatory teaching

elements in the course but there
will be optional DPsych research
workshops provided. These
combine teaching with practical
application and consideration of
your own research and will enhance
and support your learning.
The DPsych utilises a variety of
methods of assessment to capture
the researching practitioner focus
on the course. The assessments
include research projects, a
structured evaluation report and a
reflective commentary.
The thesis portfolio assessment is
completed through a Viva Voce
examination. Accredited Prior
Learning credits can be awarded on
evidence of doctoral level research
competence which will exempt you
from Module One.
Career development
Academic references; and
Two and a half years

Study methods and

assessment
Nurture your
professional
development by
facilitating reflection
on the contribution
of research to
professional practice.
The DPsych provides practicing

forensic psychologists with a
doctoral degree, similar to those in
other psychology professions.
Graduates can therefore access
employment which requires
doctoral level degrees, such as
academic practice.
The degree will also develop
higher-level research and
evaluation skills for senior positions
within forensic and non-forensic
organisations.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Forensic Psychology

CITY
247
7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 11
MA
Politics
Study Politics at an advanced and specialised level, emphasising the interplay between the
national, regional and global arenas. The course draws upon the varied research strengths of our
staff to deliver a lively, informed and analytical course.

5.5 in each skill)
The underpinning theme of the MA

Politics is participation; an issue
that has, and looks likely to
continue to be, a key debate within
political discourse. Throughout the
course, you will have the unique
opportunity to explore this theme
through combining academic
research skills with a period of
work-based learning either
through existing links you might
have with an organisation /
institution, or through links
established throughout the course.
Study options:
Modules
One year full-time

(starts September)
Citizens, Values and Political

Participation
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Political Party Development

Researching Political Issues
The majority of assessments will

be written-based, combining
summative and formative
methods to encourage a strongly
developmental approach to
learning. Assessments range from
article reviews, essays and
portfolios.
Dissertation or Work-based
Research Project
Career development

Optional modules currently include:
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.

Sustainability, Citizenship and

Identity
Global Governance and
International Institutions
Study methods and

assessment
Each module on the MA Politics
adopts an explicitly national,
regional and / or global perspective
on a range of political, economic,
social and environmental issues.
Modules are taught by our
research-active team, which allows
for a varied curriculum reflecting
their individual and collective
research interests.
Alongside providing a range of

transferable skills, the optional
pathway through the Dissertation
module will strongly enhance your
employability skills. The courses
engagement with contemporary
global issues particularly those of
participation, sustainability and
citizenship will ensure that your
knowledge and openness to the
wider world is up-to-date and
relevant. The skills gained
throughout the course can open
doors to a wide range of careers
including: research; politics; public
administration; teaching;
journalism; law; and management.
Combine academic
research skills with a
period of work-based
learning.
CITY
248
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Politics and

7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 12
MA
International Relations
This course is designed to develop global awareness, an understanding of the complexity of
contemporary international arenas, and a sense of how policies can address rapid, sophisticated
change.
Study options:
This course offers you an

opportunity to take part in an
exciting contemporary discussion of
International Relations. It not only
focuses on core theoretical
understandings of issues and
processes affecting international
relations, but also on contemporary
and critical developments within
the field. Teaching on the course is
from an international team and
attracts students from across the
world. This allows you to consider
many different international
viewpoints and offers a thoroughly
holistic learning experience.
One year full-time

(starts September)
Modules
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Two years part-time

(starts September)
International Relations Theories

Political Economy of
International Security
Researching Political Issues
Dissertation or Work-Based
Research Project
Optional modules currently include:
Sustainability, Citizenship and
Identity
Global Governance and
International Institutions
Teaching on the
course is from a
truly international
team who have
regionally-aligned
research strengths.
Study methods and

assessment
Teaching on the course is drawn
directly from regionally-aligned
research strengths in the Middle
East, North Africa, Asia, the Indian
sub-continent, and Europe. This
research feeds directly into the
course, allowing you to learn about
the latest issues in this field from
world-renowned experts.
The course is delivered through
workshops, lectures and small group
seminars. Assessment involves
simulation exercises, presentations
and project-based work. There are
also class tests, critical reviews, and
critical bibliographies to prepare.
Career development
Graduates from this course are
highly employable and have gone
into a wide range of careers and
professions. In the private sector
businesses are increasingly looking
for graduates with an
understanding of international /
global events and processes.
Graduate opportunities may
include working with international
aid and development agencies or in
government departments.
Graduates may also follow-up their
studies with a PhD if they wish to
carry on with the research work
they have already developed for
their MA dissertation.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type International Relations

CITY
249
7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 13
MA
Criminology
Gain a critical and informed understanding of Criminology, by exploring debates at the forefront of
the field. The course places a particular emphasis upon the practical realities, uncertainties,
complexities and solutions available for criminal justice policy.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
This course offers a distinctive

theoretical and policy-orientated
view of Criminology. The policy
emphasis is specifically designed
to offer a more vocationally
relevant course. It is more
relevant to students seeking a
policy-orientated career in the
police, prisons, probation service,
Home Office, the Ministry of
Justice, local government and crime
and disorder reduction
partnerships.
Modules
Contemporary and Classic
Theoretical Explanations of
Crime and Criminal Behaviour
One year full-time

(starts September)
Current Issues in Social Deviance
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Contemporary Criminal Justice

Practice
Comprehensive Research
Methods Training

Crime, Community and

Neighbourhood

Offender Management and

Crime Reduction
Dissertation
Study methods and

assessment
Assessment includes essays
(including reports and reflective
reports), policy papers,
presentations, case studies and a
dissertation. The dissertation will
enable you to develop and
demonstrate empirical research in
your field.
The teaching and learning for the
course will involve a mixture of
lectures, workshops, enquiry-based
learning and an individual
dissertation / project. Your personal
tutor will provide both pastoral and
academic support throughout your
study. You will also receive a course
handbook.
Career development
This course is suitable for both
those who currently work in the
criminal justice field and are looking
to enhance their career
opportunities, and for students
seeking employment in criminal
justice agencies operating at
central, regional and local
government levels, such as the
Home Office, police forces and local
government.
Graduates may go on to pursue a
range of professional careers in
criminal justice related work in
either the statutory, commercial or
community voluntary sectors.
Develop a critical
awareness of the
current problems and
debates that shape
the field.
CITY
250
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Criminology and

7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 14
MA
Sociology
The MA Sociology has a distinctive and specialist focus on Public Sociology. This is a course that
enables you to link theory, research and practice, develop in-depth knowledge and insights as well
as gain the practical experience needed to build your skills as a Public Sociologist.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Study options:
One year full-time
(starts September)
Two years part-time
(starts September)
Public Sociology reaches beyond

the University, creating spaces
where academics, students and
diverse publics can interrogate
and apply sociological research
and methods to real world
situations. From day one of the
course, you will take what you
learn in the classroom to the
various publics of Nottingham
and beyond, gaining valuable
experience through modules that
emphasise working with
communities, engaging with local
and national policy makers and
contributing to debates that
ignite public interest.
Modules
Theorising Public Sociology
Researching in and with Society
Service Learning
Contemporary Approaches to
Public Sociology
Dissertation
Career development
This course will provide graduates
with advanced theoretical and
practical knowledge and skills in
Sociology. The emphasis on Public
Sociology also provides
engagement, applied research,
project management and
organisational skills. Combined,
these attributes will be ideal for
helping you prepare for a wide
range of careers in the public,
private and third sector.
Fellowship of the Royal

Society for the
Encouragement of Arts,
Manufactures and
Commerce
As a result of an exciting
partnership with the RSA, students
will be automatically enrolled as
Honorary Fellows of the Royal
Society, opening up oppportunities
for students to engage with the
organisation.
Study methods and

assessment
The course will be delivered
through a range of teaching and
learning methods including
traditional lectures, workshops
and seminars as well as creative
approaches through social media,
public engagement activities and
work-based learning.
Gain hands-on
experience of using
sociology to identify
and address the big
social challenges.
Assessment will be carried out

through a combination of
individual and group
presentations, written
assessments, workshops and a
dissertation.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Sociology and

CITY
251
7400_S3_Layout 1 02/10/2015 14:46 Page 15
MA
Public Health
Graduates of this course will feel inspired to act as potential change agents within
multi-disciplinary public health settings. You will develop an extensive knowledge of public
health with a critical awareness of the philosophical, theoretical and methodological issues
faced within the discipline.
This course has been designed in
response to contemporary debates
about the changing nature and
shifting boundaries of
multidisciplinary Public Health.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.2 honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Modules
Study options:
Concepts of Health and Healing
One year full-time

(starts September)
Public Health, Sustainability and

Community
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Critical Philosophical Debate
Hear from invited

international speakers
and alumni who have
worked or volunteered
internationally.
CITY
252
It focuses on the strategic and

international aspects of Public
Health, environment and
sustainable development. These
aspects are critical to effective
multidisciplinary practice and
reflect current developments.
Policy and Practice in

Multidisciplinary Public Health
Study methods and

assessment
This course is delivered through
lectures, workshops, group work and
one-to-one supervision. You will
receive support from teaching staff
who are actively involved in
research activity.
The course employs varied
assessments, including essays,
reports, portfolio and presentations.
The dissertation involves designing,
implementing and presenting a
significant piece of research on a
relevant topic of your choice. As an
alternative, you can complete a
10-12 week placement or
internship in the area of Public
Health and write a research project
related to this experience.
Research Methods
Career development
International Politics of Health
The course cultivates intellectual

and research skills, experience and
knowledge suitable for effective
practice in a wide range of
multidisciplinary public health
sectors. You will be able to progress
into policy, research and practice
roles in the public, private or
voluntary arenas in the UK or
internationally.
Dissertation or Professional
Practice in Public Health
Research Project
For those already employed, the

course provides transferable skills
such as independent critical
thought, analysis and evaluation,
partnership working skills and
self-directed learning.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Public Health and

7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 16
The impact of our research

Crucial health services in a rural Ugandan district will be improved as part of a major project being
undertaken by public health experts at the University. This international health partnership aims to
strengthen the community health worker programme in Ugandas Wakiso District.
Community health workers in the area make a significant contribution to improving peoples health
through effective health promotion and primary care work, but analysis has found a number of
challenges linked to their roles.
In collaboration with academics in the School of Public Health at Makerere University in Uganda, our
researchers want to strengthen the Ministry of Health programme for community health workers,
focusing on improving the capacity to provide healthcare in the communities they serve.
The three-year 166,000 project which builds on the existing partnership between Nottingham
Trent University and Makerere University also involves C3 Collaborating for Health and the
Ugandan Ministry of Health.
The role of community health workers, and the need for universal health coverage in many parts of
the world, is critical today, says Dr Linda Gibson, Senior Lecturer in Public Health. A comprehensive
bottom up approach, where health is delivered within communities, is now recognised as crucial by
all the international health agencies.
Visit www.ntu.ac.uk/s3research to learn more about our range of research projects, groups and centres.
7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 17
Career Guidance (PG Dip CG) / Qualification in

Careers Guidance (QCG)
Our Postgraduate Diploma in Career Guidance (PG Dip CG) / Qualification in Careers Guidance (QCG)
has been designed specifically for those interested in helping individuals of any age to make
career, educational and training choices and to manage their career progression. The course
provides the academic skills, work-based experience, and professional qualification needed to
work as a careers guidance practitioner.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
Honours degree.
basis.
5.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
Interview;
check; and
Blended-learning applicants:
access to an organisation on
which to base your written
assessments, and to
undertake skills-based practice
and assessments.
Study options:
The Postgraduate Diploma is a

Career Development Institute
approved qualification for entry on
to the UK Register of Career
Development Professionals.
It combines academic study with
skill-based experience, and on the
full-time and part-time routes you
will undertake work-based learning
to help prepare you for practice.
These practical learning
opportunities, along with our strong
links within the profession,
contribute to our excellent
employment record in careers and
employability related roles.
Modules
One-to-One Guidance
Interactions and Allied
Theoretical Perspectives (One)
Ethics, Values and Reflective
Practice in a Guidance Context
Labour Market Information
One-to-One Career Guidance
Interactions and Allied
Theoretical Perspectives (Two)
One year full-time

(starts September)
Working in Partnership and

Evidence Based Practice
Two years part-time

(starts September)
Career Related Learning
Blended learning: flexible

(starts September and
January)
Top up to a masters
degree with our MA
Professional Practice in
Career Guidance.
Visit our website to find out more.


CITY
254
Study methods and

assessment
This course is available to study
full-time (two days per week)
part-time (one day a week) and
through blended learning. Students
studying on the blended learning
route will learn through a
combination of online distance
learning and face-to-face contact
days. Each module typically
requires attendance at two to three
face-to-face workshop days.
Teaching methods on the full-time
and part-time route include
lectures, tutorials, group activities,
observation in the workplace,
role-play and work related activities.
Teaching methods on the
blended route include structured
week-by-week online learning
activities.
Assessments include individual
guidance interactions, group
activities, a reflective journal, case
study reflections, investigative
reports, a research project and a
portfolio of evidence including
professional discussion.
Career development
This professional course has a
strong reputation in advice and
guidance related areas. You may
want to become a careers
consultant within a university,
college, local authority or school,
an adviser within voluntary and
charitable organisations, an
employability adviser, an adult
guidance practitioner or
school-based careers coordinator.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Careers Guidance

7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 18
MA
Social Work
This two year full-time course is approved by the Health and Care Professions Council (HCPC) and is
designed for those who wish to become a qualified social worker.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
2.1 honours degree;
grade C; and
100 days social care related
experience.
entry qualifications will be
basis.
The course provides the

opportunity to both study and work
in a range of settings with children,
families, young people, older adults
and disabled people, people with
mental health problems, or the
youth justice system. We work
closely with employers in the
statutory and independent sectors
to ensure our course content retains
a focus on the people entitled to
use the services. It also helps to
ensure that you are ready for
professional practice when you
qualify.

6.5 in each skill)
Other requirements:
reference;
Interview;
Enhanced Disclosure and
Barring Service check;
Health declaration;
Character Conduct
declaration; and
Ability to use a range of IT
facilities.
Study options:
Two years full-time
(starts January)
Modules
Preparing for Professional Social
Work Practice
Practice
As part of the course, you will
undertake two practice placements
to gain experience of social work,
including statutory tasks.
Study methods and

assessment
Teaching methods include
workshops, seminars, online and
action (scenario based) learning
with regular input from frontline
practitioners and people who use
the services. You will also have a
personal tutor to help and support
you throughout the course.
Human Growth and

Development Promoting and
Protecting Individual
Development within Social
Contexts
Assessment includes essays, verbal

presentations and report writing.
Your assessment will be based on
the Professional Capabilities
Framework and Knowledge and
Skills Statements preparing you to
register as a qualified social worker.
Practice Learning Opportunity

One
Career development
Theories, Methods and Models of

Social Work Practice Assessing
and Intervening in Order to
Achieve Best Outcomes for
Service Users
Social Work Law and Policy
Practicing Ethically within
Legislated Frameworks
Practice Learning Opportunity
Two
Dissertation Research Skills for
Effective Social Work Practice
When you graduate you will be

eligible to apply for registration with
the Health and Care Professions
Council.
On completion of the course you
may choose to enter the profession
by working in services for children,
youth, families or adults.
Opportunities exist in local
authorities, charities, overseas
welfare agencies and the private
and independent sector.

Course approved by
Designed for those

who wish to become a
qualified social worker.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Social Work and

CITY
255
7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 19
MA
Advanced Social Work Practice

The MA Advanced Social Work Practice is a flexible course that offers you, as a registered social
worker, an integrated academic and professional qualification in the areas of adult or childrens
social work.
A registered social worker with

the Health and Care
Professions Council (HCPC).
This course will support your

learning from initial qualification as
a social worker, through to
experienced and advanced levels of
practice in line with the Knowledge
and Skills Statements, Professional
Capabilities Framework and the
Health and Care Professions Council
Standard of Proficiency.

basis.
The modular framework of this

course is made up of single
modules that you opt to study in
order to support your Continuing
Professional Development needs.
Modules

6.5 in each skill)
Assessed and Supported Year in

Employment
Other requirements:
Consolidating the Assessed and

Supported Year in Employment
Fact file
Entry requirements:
A professional social work
qualification; and
Access to appropriate learning

opportunities through your
practice settings and
assurance that you can use
your work in these settings as
learning opportunities for the
modules on the course.
Study options:
Child Development for Social

Work Practice
Evidence Informed Professional
Practice
Promoting Good Outcomes for
Looked After Children
Contemporary Approaches to
Children and Families Social Work
Practice
One to five years part-time

(various start dates)
Youth Justice
Practice Educator (One)

Practice Educator (Two)

Leadership, Management and

Safeguarding

Leadership and Management in

Practice (Action Learning
Approach)
Research Methods
This course offers an

ideal opportunity for
Development.
CITY
256
Research Dissertation or Service

Evaluation
Best Interest Assessor
Safeguarding Adults at Risk
Social Work in Forensic Mental
Health
Study methods and

assessment
The course and its modules have
been structured to be as flexible
as possible. As a guide, each
module requires attendance at
five face-to-face taught study days
which are usually delivered as one
day per fortnight.
are used including essays; research
and policy reviews; case study
analysis; practice setting analysis;
group and individual presentations;
observations of practice; and a
dissertation.
Career development
There are a wide range of
opportunities for career
development for social workers with
an award in Experienced or
Advanced Social Work Practice.
Social Services Departments, and
the Health and Care Professions
Council will regard attainment of
these awards as an indicator of a
commitment to career
enhancement and evidence of
practitioner responsibility for
Development. You may complete
the course as a means of
progressing on to senior practice
and management roles.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Social Work and

7400_S3_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:17 Page 20
Doctor of
Social Practice
The Doctor of Social Practice has been designed to give those who work in the broad area of the
public and human service professions an opportunity to study part-time for a doctorate.
Fact file
Entry requirements:
A master's-level qualification
in a related subject; and
The ability to conduct
research at higher degree
level.
basis.
6.0 in each skill)
This professional doctorate is a three

to four years part-time modular
course. The programme of study can
best be viewed as a single research
project that is developed in stages.
These fields of study have been
drawn together by commonalities in:
the philosophy of public and social
professions; the particular view of the
nature of professional doctorates
and professional development; the
structure for carrying out research
and completing the doctorate; and
the way in which the professional
doctorate is assessed.
Modules
Other requirements:
Introduction: Research questions,

aims and initial review of the
literature
A short statement
(approximately 500 words)
about your proposed project;
and
Identity and Epistemology:

Towards an understanding of
literatures and conceptual
frameworks
Academic references.
Designing and Using Methods in

Social Practice
Study options:
(starts January)
Designing and using methods to

complement the research in the
preceding module concerning an
area of professional activity
Thesis: Critical Reflection and
Reflexivity
Develop your
judgement, foresight
and problem analysis
by applying theoretical
and philosophically
tuned skills to the
research material
derived from your
investigations.
Study methods and

assessment
You will need to: create six formal
documents that are presented as
logical stages of the whole research
project; partake in discussions
concerning the development of
your research; and deliver group
presentations with individual
assessment.
Delivery is via four research
workshops per year, usually on a
Friday and Saturday.
We use diagnostic and formative
feedback to support students in
their ability to recognise strengths
and weaknesses in their own
research, and to negotiate targets
for developing their study. All
summative assessment is used to
establish the level of achievement
at the end of each document.
Career development
There are a range of careers and
career development opportunities
which can result from this course.
For example, the ability to be able
to work within an organisation to
effect transformational change.
Personal and professional
development and an ability to
contribute to professional practice
would also be part of the
programme.
Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/courses and type Social Practice

CITY
257
7400_Back_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:19 Page 258
Course index
Accounting and Finance
Doctor of Fine Art .........................................................................154
MSc Economics and Investment Banking............................63
MFA Fine Art....................................................................................152
MSc Finance.......................................................................................64
MA Furniture and Product Design.........................................128
MSc Finance and Accounting ....................................................65
MA Graphic Design ......................................................................144
MSc Finance and Investment Banking..................................66
MA Graphic Design Theory and Practice ...........................148
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert International Real Estate

Investment and Finance ...........................................................120
MA Illustration................................................................................147
MSc Management and Finance ...............................................58
MA / PG Dip / PG Cert Interior Architecture and

Design ................................................................................................117
CIPFA Professional Accountancy Qualification..................85
MA International Fashion Management...........................142
See also Business, Economics and Management
MA Luxury Fashion Brand Management...........................142

MA / MSc Medical Product Design........................................128
Animal
MRes / MSc / PG Dip Animal Health and Welfare..........104
MRes Applied Anthrozoology..................................................105
MRes Equine Health and Welfare..........................................108
MRes Equine Performance........................................................108
MSc / PG Dip Equine Performance,
Health and Welfare......................................................................108
See also Conservation
Architecture
MArch Architecture ......................................................................114
MA Product Design.......................................................................128
MA Product Design and Business..........................................128
MA Puppetry and Digital Animation ...................................149
PGCE Secondary Education (Design and Technology)....183
MA / MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Smart Design ......................128
MA Textile Design Innovation.................................................137
See also Fashion, Graphic Design, Marketing and Product
Design
Biological Sciences
Prof Cert in Architecture (PCiA) ..............................................118
MRes Applied Biosciences.........................................................198
Doctor of Architecture ................................................................133
(Applied Biosciences; Bioanalytical Science;

Biotechnology; Cancer Biology; Cell Biology; Molecular
Microbiology; Molecular Biology; Neuropharmacology;
Pharmacology)
MSc Built Environment Studies ..............................................132

MA / PG Dip / PG Cert Interior Architecture
and Design.......................................................................................117
PG Cert Planning, Urban Design and Sustainable
Development ..................................................................................119
MSc by Research Applied Biosciences.................................200

(Biotechnology, Cancer Biology; Neuropharmacology;
Pharmacology; Molecular Microbiology; Molecular Cell
Biology; Environmental Management)
Art and Design
MRes Bioinformatics....................................................................204
MA Branding and Identity........................................................146
MSc Biotechnology ......................................................................205
PG Cert Creative Pattern Cutting...........................................141
MRes Environmental Management .....................................209
Doctor of Design ...........................................................................133
MSc Molecular Cell Biology ......................................................208
Doctor of Digital Media .............................................................154
MSc Molecular Microbiology ...................................................201
MA Fashion Communications.................................................142
MSc Neuropharmacology.........................................................207
MA Fashion Design ......................................................................136
MSc Pharmacology ......................................................................206
Doctor of Fashion Industry.......................................................154

MA Fashion Knitwear Design...................................................138
MSc Science, Technology, Engineering and

Mathematics (STEM) Education............................................194
MA Fashion Marketing................................................................142
PGCE Secondary Education (Biology) .................................183
MA Fashion and Textile Design ..............................................140
More information at www.ntu.ac.uk

258
MA Photography ...........................................................................150
7400_Back_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:19 Page 259
Biomedical Sciences
Computing
MSc Biomedical Science ............................................................202
MSc Cloud and Enterprise Computing................................231
MSc Biomedical Science (Flexible Learning) ....................203
MSc Computer Games Systems.............................................227

MSc Computer Science ..............................................................226
Building
MRes Computer Science / MRes Electronic Systems ....236
See Architecture, Construction, Engineering and

Surveying
MSc Computing in Education..................................................195

MSc Computing Systems ..........................................................228
MSc Engineering (Cybernetics and Communications)....233
Business
MSc Engineering (Electronics).................................................234
Doctor of Business Administration (DBA) ............................54
MSc Engineering Management.............................................232
Executive Master of Business Administration (EMBA).....76
MSc Interactive Media Engineering.....................................235
Master of Business Administration (MBA)...........................55
MSc IT Security ..............................................................................230
MSc International Business.........................................................68

MSc International Business (Dual Degree)..........................69

MSc Management and International Business.................58
PGCE Secondary Education (Computer Science

with ICT) ...........................................................................................183
PGCE Secondary Education (Business Education).........183

See also Human Resources, Management and Marketing
Conservation
Career Guidance
PG Dip Career Guidance (PG Dip CG / Qualification in
Careers Guidance (QCG) ...........................................................254
Chemistry
MRes Advanced Materials Engineering..............................215
MRes Analytical Chemistry.......................................................213
MRes Chemistry.............................................................................214
MSc Chemistry ...............................................................................211
MSc Chemistry (Professional Practice)................................211
MRes Pharmaceutical Analysis ...............................................212
MRes Pharmaceutical and Medicinal Science.................216
MRes / MSc / PG Dip Biodiversity Conservation..............106

MRes / MSc / PG Dip Endangered Species
Recovery and Conservation......................................................107
See also Animal
Construction
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Building Surveying........................120
Doctor of Engineering in Construction Management ...133
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Construction Management.....124
PG Cert Planning, Urban Design and Sustainable
Development ..................................................................................119
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Project Management
(Construction).................................................................................125
PGCE Secondary Education (Chemistry) ...........................183
PG Cert Project Management (Construction) by

Distance Learning .........................................................................125
See also Pharmacology
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Quantity Surveying......................120

See also Architecture, Engineering and Surveying
Civil Engineering
See Engineering
Creative Writing
MA Creative Writing ....................................................................166
See also English
259
7400_Back_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:19 Page 260
Criminology
Engineering
MA Criminology.............................................................................250
MRes Advanced Materials Engineering..............................215
Design
See Art and Design, Fashion, Graphic Design, Marketing
and Product Design
Ecology
See also Conservation and Environment
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Advanced Product Design

Engineering......................................................................................128
Doctor of Engineering ................................................................133
Doctor of Engineering in Civil Engineering .......................133
Doctor of Engineering in Construction Management....133
MSc Engineering (Cybernetics and Communications) ...233
Economics
MSc Economics .................................................................................62

MSc Economics and Investment Banking............................63
MSc Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics

(STEM) Education.........................................................................194
See also Accounting and Finance, and Business
PGCE Secondary Education (Engineering)........................183
Education
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Structural Engineering with

Management..................................................................................127
Assessment Only Routes into Teaching..............................188

Materials ...........................................................................................127
MSc Computing in Education..................................................195
See also Construction and Surveying
PGCE Early Years Initial Teacher Training ..........................187

BA (Hons) Education ...................................................................191
MA Education .................................................................................192
Doctor of Education.....................................................................193
FdA Educational Support...........................................................190
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Higher Education
Administration, Management and Leadership..................84
English
MA Creative Writing ....................................................................166
MA English Language Teaching.............................................170
MRes English Literary Research...............................................168
PGCE Secondary Education (English)..................................183
LLM Legal Education ......................................................................88

PGCE Post-Compulsory Education and Training.............186
Entrepreneurship
PGCE Primary Education............................................................182
MSc Entrepreneurship....................................................................67
School Direct Training Programme.......................................184
MSc Management and Innovation and Enterprise.........58

Environment
PGCE Secondary Education......................................................183
MRes / MSc / PG Dip Biodiversity Conservation..............106
(areas include Business Education, Computer Science

with ICT, Design and Technology, Engineering, English,
Mathematics, Music, Biology, Chemistry, Physics)

MRes / MSc / PG Dip Endangered Species
Recovery and Conservation......................................................107
MRes / MSc / PG Dip Global Food Security
and Development.........................................................................110
MA Human Security and Environmental Change .........173

260
7400_Back_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:19 Page 261
Equine Science
Graphic Design
MRes Equine Health and Welfare..........................................108
MRes Equine Performance........................................................108
MA Graphic Design ......................................................................144
MSc / PG Dip Equine Performance, Health

and Welfare .....................................................................................108
MA Graphic Design Theory and Practice ...........................148

MA Illustration................................................................................147
See also Art and Design
Fashion
PG Cert Creative Pattern Cutting...........................................141
Health
MA Fashion and Textile Design ..............................................140
MRes / MSc / PG Dip Animal Health and Welfare..........104
MSc Forensic Mental Health ....................................................245
MA Fashion Design ......................................................................136
LLM Health Law and Ethics .........................................................88
Doctor of Fashion Industry.......................................................154
MRes Performance Nutrition....................................................220
MA Fashion Knitwear Design...................................................138
MSc Psychological Wellbeing and Mental Health .........244
MA Public Health...........................................................................252
See also Psychology

MA Textile Design Innovation.................................................137
History
MA History........................................................................................176
Forensics
MA Holocaust and Genocide (by research)......................179
MA / PG Dip / PG Cert Museum and Heritage

Development ..................................................................................178
MSc Forensic Psychology...........................................................246

Doctor of Psychology in Forensic Psychology ..................247
Human Resources
Games Technology
MSc Human Resource Management (Full-time)...............74
MSc Human Resource Management (Part-time) .............78
PG Dip Human Resource Management................................79
See also Computing and Software Engineering
CIPD Certificate Human Resource Practice .........................80

See also Business and Management
Global Studies
MSc Management and Global Supply Chain
Management.....................................................................................58
ICT (Information and Communications

Technology)
MRes / MSc / PG Dip Global Food Security and

Development ..................................................................................110
See Computing
MA Media and Globalisation ..................................................165
Information Systems
See also International Business, International Studies

and Politics
See Computing
261
7400_Back_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:19 Page 262
Interiors
LLM Intellectual Property Law....................................................88
MA / PG Dip / PG Cert Interior Architecture and

Design ................................................................................................117
PG Dip International Insolvency Law

(Distance Learning).........................................................................99
See also Architecture
LLM International Trade and Commercial Law .................88

Graduate Diploma in Law (Full-time) .....................................93
MSc International Business (Dual Degree)..........................69
MSc International Business.........................................................68
Graduate Diploma in Law (Distance Learning) .................93

LLM Legal Education ......................................................................88
Doctor of Legal Practice.............................................................101
LLM Legal Practice (Distance Learning).................................96
LLM Legal Practice Course (Full-time).....................................92
LLM Legal Practice Course (Part-time) ...................................92
LLM International Trade and Commercial Law .................88
LLM Oil, Gas and Mining Law.....................................................88
LLM Sports Law .................................................................................88
MSc Management and International Publishing .............58
Prof Cert in Trade Mark Practice................................................97
See also Business and Management
Linguistics
International Studies
MA Linguistics (by research) ....................................................172
MA Human Security and Environmental Change .........173

MA International Development.............................................174
Management
MA International Relations ......................................................249
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Construction Management.....124
MA Public Health...........................................................................252
See also Global Studies, International Business and

Politics
Doctor of Engineering in Construction Management ...133
Journalism
MA / PG Dip Broadcast Journalism.......................................160
MA / PG Dip Digital and Newspaper Journalism ...........162
MA / PG Dip Documentary Journalism...............................164
MA / PG Dip Magazine Journalism.......................................163

MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Higher Education
Administration, Management and Leadership..................84
MSc Human Resource Management (Full-time)...............74
MSc Human Resource Management (Part-time) .............78
PG Dip Human Resource Management................................79
CIPD Certificate Human Resource Practice .........................80
Law
Bar Professional Training Course (BPTC)...............................95
LLM Corporate and Insolvency Law ........................................88
LLM Corporate and Insolvency Law and LLM European
and Insolvency Law Dual Degree.............................................88
LLM General Law..............................................................................88
LLM Health Law and Ethics .........................................................88
LLM Human Rights and Justice.................................................88
Certificate in Intellectual Property Advocacy......................98
Certificate in Intellectual Property Litigation......................98

262
MSc Management ..........................................................................58

MSc Management and Innovation and Enterprise.........58
MSc Management and Finance ...............................................58
MSc Management and Global Supply Chain
Management.....................................................................................58
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Management and
Leadership (Part-time)...................................................................77
7400_Back_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:19 Page 263
MSc Management and Marketing ..........................................58
Multimedia
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Project Management

(Construction).................................................................................125
PG Cert Project Management (Construction)

by Distance Learning...................................................................125
MA Puppetry and Digital Animation ...................................149
See also Business
Marketing
MSc Branding and Advertising ..................................................71

See also Computing
Museum and Heritage

MA / PG Dip / PG Cert Museum and Heritage
Development ..................................................................................178
See also History
MSc Digital Marketing ...................................................................72

Nutrition
MSc Management and Marketing ..........................................58

MSc Marketing ..................................................................................70
Pharmaceutical Science
CIM Level 4 Certificate in Professional Marketing ............82
CIM Level 6 Diploma in Professional Marketing................83
MRes Pharmaceutical Analysis ...............................................212
See also Business and Art and Design
MRes Pharmaceutical and Medicinal Science.................216

See also Chemistry and Pharmacology
Mathematics
MRes Mathematical Sciences .................................................225
Pharmacology

PGCE Secondary Education (Mathematics).....................183
See also Chemistry, Biological Sciences and

Pharmaceutical Science
Media
MA / PG Dip Broadcast Journalism.......................................160
MA / PG Dip Digital and Newspaper Journalism ...........162
MSc Pharmacology ......................................................................206
Philosophy
MA Philosophy (by research)...................................................177

MA / PG Dip Documentary Journalism...............................164
Photography
MA / PG Dip Magazine Journalism.......................................163
MA Photography ...........................................................................150
Microbiology
Physics
MSc Molecular Microbiology ...................................................201
MRes Medical and Materials Imaging................................217
See also Biological Sciences

PGCE Secondary Education (Physics)..................................183
263
7400_Back_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:19 Page 264
Politics
Social Work
MA Politics ........................................................................................248
MA Advanced Social Work Practice ......................................256
See also Global Studies and International Studies
MA Social Work ..............................................................................255
Product Design
Social Practice
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Advanced Product Design

Engineering......................................................................................128
Doctor of Social Practice............................................................257
Sociology
MA Furniture and Product Design.........................................128
MA Sociology ..................................................................................251
MA / MSc Medical Product Design........................................128

MA Product Design.......................................................................128
Software Engineering
MSc Computing Systems ..........................................................228
MRes Computer Science / MRes Electronic Systems ....236
MSc Engineering (Cybernetics and Communications) ...233
Property
See Architecture, Construction, Real Estate and Surveying

Psychology
See also Computing
MSc Applied Child Psychology................................................241

Sport
MSc Forensic Psychology...........................................................246
MRes Biomechanics.....................................................................224
MRes / MSc Psychological Research Methods.................242
MRes Exercise Physiology..........................................................223
MSc Psychological Wellbeing and Mental Health .........244
MRes Performance Analysis .....................................................221
MSc / PG Dip Psychology...........................................................240
Doctor of Psychology in Forensic Psychology ..................247
MRes Sport and Exercise Psychology...................................222
MRes Sport and Exercise Psychology...................................222
MRes Sport Science......................................................................219

LLM Sports Law .................................................................................88
Publishing
Real Estate

Management..................................................................................127


Materials ...........................................................................................127
Doctor of Real Estate...................................................................133

MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Real Estate .......................................120
See also Surveying

264
7400_Back_Layout 1 02/10/2015 14:49 Page 265
Surveying
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Building Surveying........................120
Glossary of course abbreviations

Taught course abbreviations

BA
Bachelor of Arts
EMBA
Executive Master of Business

Administration
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Real Estate .......................................120
FdA
Foundation Degree Arts
See also Construction
GDL
Graduate Diploma in Law
LLM
Masters in Law
MA
Master of Arts
PGCE Early Years Initial Teacher Training ..........................187
MBA
Master of Business Administration
PGCE Post-Compulsory Education and Training.............186
MSc
Master of Science
PGCE Primary Education............................................................182
PG Cert
Postgraduate Certificate
PG Dip
PGCE
Postgraduate Certificate of Education
MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Planning and Development.....120

MSc / PG Dip / PG Cert Quantity Surveying......................120
Doctor of Real Estate...................................................................133
Teaching
Assessment Only Routes into Teaching..............................188
School Direct Training Programme.......................................184

PGCE Secondary Education......................................................183
(areas include Business Education, Computer Science
with ICT, Design and Technology, Engineering, English,
Mathematics, Music, Biology, Chemistry, Physics)
See also Education
Teaching English
Professional course abbreviations

BPTC
Bar Professional Training Course
CIPFA
Chartered Institute of Public Finance

and Accountancy
LPC
Legal Practice Course
MA English Language Teaching.............................................170

MA TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of
Other Languages).........................................................................171
See also Education and Teaching
Textiles
See Fashion
Prof Cert Professional Certificate

Prof Dip Professional Diploma
Research degree abbreviations

DBA
Doctor of Business Administration
MPhil
Master of Philosophy
MRes
Master of Research
PhD
Doctor of Philosophy
265
7400_Back_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:19 Page 266
Travelling to Nottingham
By car
By air
Nottingham is in the middle of the country and is easily

reached by motorway. The M1 passes close to the west
of the city, the A42 / M42 links to the southwest of the
city and the A1(M) to the east of the county.
East Midlands Airport is 12 miles from the centre of

Nottingham, close to junction 24 of the M1 motorway.
The Skylink bus service links the airport with the city centre.
www.eastmidlandsairport.com
When using the M1 from the north, exit at junction 26

for the City site, using the A610 Nuthall Road / Alfreton
Road. For Clifton campus use junction 24 and follow
the A453. For Brackenhurst campus exit at junction 26,
take the A610 towards the city, then the A612 out of
the city centre towards Southwell (approx. 14 miles).
M1 junction 24 offers the best route to Clifton campus
for those travelling from the south; if travelling to the
City site, continue to junction 25 and take the A52 into
the city centre, continuing on the A612 for Brackenhurst.
London Heathrow Airport is a two and a half hour drive

from Nottingham. It has a direct coach service to
Nottingham. You can also get the train from London St
Pancras Station.
www.heathrowairport.com
Car parking
You can normally park at Clifton or Brackenhurst
campus, if you book in advance. City site parking is
limited, but the Victoria Centre and Trinity Square car
parks are near to its main buildings. Alternatively you
can use the Park and Ride at the Forest Site, off Gregory
Boulevard, with the NET tram taking you to the City site.
Phoenix Park Park and Ride is also just off the M1
(junction 26) and has a tram to the City site. See
www.itsnottingham.info for details. Unfortunately,
we cannot normally reserve car parking spaces for open
events due to demand. Disabled visitors will need to
contact the department they are visiting in advance for
any special arrangements.
By coach
National Express coach services operate from the
Broadmarsh Bus Station which is a 15-20 minute
walk from the City site. The NET tram may be caught
at the nearby Nottingham Station to the City site.
The Go2 Uni 4 bus service picks up on Carrington Street,
for the Clifton campus (approx. 20 minute journey).
These buses depart every 12 minutes during term time
www.nationalexpress.com
By rail
Nottingham Midland Rail Station is 15-20 minutes
walk from our City site and five miles from Clifton
campus. You can catch the NET tram from there to the
City site. Use the Go2 Uni 4 bus stop on Carrington
Street near the station for Clifton campus (approx.
20 minutes) or you can get a taxi from the station
forecourt. You can use Newark Northgate Station then
the Pathfinder 100 bus, which is ten minutes walk from
the station, to reach Brackenhurst campus. Go to
www.nationalrail.co.uk for details or telephone
08457 484950.
266
By bus
The City site and Clifton campus are linked by the
Nottingham City Transport Go2 Uni 4 bus service
during term time. This service runs from the city centre
on Burton Street, near to the Newton building, and
passes close to the Broadmarsh Bus Station and railway
station and on to Clifton, returning by a similar route.
At other times use service no. 1. Brackenhurst is served
by Pathfinder bus (100) which runs from Queen Street
in Nottingham city centre.
There are regular local buses within Nottingham
operated by Nottingham City Transport, and interurban
buses operated by several companies from places
including Bingham, Chesterfield, Derby, Heanor,
Hucknall, Ilkeston, Leicester, Long Eaton, Loughborough,
Mansfield, Manchester, Newark and Ripley.
www.traveline.info
www.nctx.co.uk
By tram
The Universitys City site is linked to Nottingham
Midland Rail Station by the Nottingham Express Transit
(NET) Line 1 tram service, which runs between the
station and both Hucknall and Phoenix Park. There are
six Park and Ride sites along the route.
www.thetram.net
Arrival at the University

Receptionists in Newton building on the City site, at
Clifton campus, and Brackenhurst campus will be happy
to help you find your way around the University.
For practical advice on planning your journey to
Nottingham, including details of travelling from
international airports and our meet and greet
service, please download our guide from
www.ntu.ac.uk/arrivalsguide
7400_Back_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:19 Page 267
Campus locations
One-way street
Pedestrian street
Buses, taxis, cyclists and blue badge only
General parking
University buildings
Bus station
Railway station
No entry
Tram route and stops
City Information Point
University campuses / buildings
RO
UG
RD
ON
ST
TR
GA
E
TL
TE
A 4 53
D
LR
TH
SOU
I AM
ION
STR
EET
A60
EET
Wilford Street:
A453 to Clifton campus,
M1 (South, Junction 24),
Nottingham East
Midlands Airport,
A42/M42 (Birmingham),
A50 (Stoke-on-Trent)
TR
N S
EET
RE
S TAT
TO
STR
ST
ET
TRE
NG
FO R
D
CA
L
NA
OA
ON R
AL S
EET P
LO N D
STR
RRI
WIL
EN T S T
Broadmarsh
Shopping
Centre
05
CA
60
RD A
LO W PAV EME NT
IN
COLL
L
R PA R
E
AT
TE
LI ST ER G A
AY
SG
IA
FR
ND
TE
IA
U
HO
ER G
AT
GT
RS
WE
TE
E
G T ST P
GA
AR
ER
LA
EL
CAN
PELHAM ST
ST
IA
TO R
VIC
LAR
NE
SO
HE
Nottingham
Castle and
Museum
L E VA
LEY
BEL
CA
BOU
EL
ST
AI
T ST
ER
IA M E N
HO C K
Square T H PA R A D E
Park
Row
E
ASTL
L
R PA R
W
NG RO
LOMarket
Nottingham
Playhouse
LO W E
EE
ET
STRE
MB
Southwell Road:
To School of Animal, Rural
and Environmental Sciences,
Brackenhurst (approx 14 miles).
A612 (Southwell, Newark)
C LU
ET
HO
ST
MEN
RE
GLASS
Victoria E S
Shopping
Centre
F L E TC H
ST
L
GD
PEE
TO N
LIA
ST
MIL
UP
PA R
PER
TI
AD
ROAD
Derby Road:
A6200 to M1
(Junction 25), Derby
ON
URT
The Royal
Centre
STREET
RO
BY
W O L L AT O N
D E R BY
LD
DER
D
ROA
STREET
MA RKE T ST
IL KE ST
O N RD
TA L B O T
ST
Canni ng
C ircus
RD
FIE
ON
NS
DO
HU
ST RE ET
T
OOD S
IT
H
STREET S
EE
EN
ET
MA
SM
TR
AR
FR
SH AK E S PE ARE
LD
W
S. SH ER
CL
AL
CH
ER
AUC
ST
DEN
GO
Alfreton Road:
A610 to M1
(North, Junction 26)
ET
W O D ST
HAMP
E N ST
STRE
G IL L
YD
LE
ET
SH ER W
ER
ET
RE
DR
AV
RE
A6
N O RT H
W
ST
WO
OD
BO
200m
QUEE
OAD
NS R
London Road:
A60 to Loughborough,
Leicester
267
7400_Back_Layout 1 30/09/2015 12:19 Page 268
Useful contacts
Important telephone numbers and websites
Admissions
+44 (0)115 848 4200
Main switchboard
+44 (0)115 941 8418
Student Accommodation Services
+44 (0)115 848 2894
Student Support Services
+44 (0)115 848 6060
Students Union
+44 (0)115 848 6200
Employability Team
+44 (0)115 848 8638
International Development Office
+44 (0)115 848 8175
Graduate School
www.ntu.ac.uk/graduateschool
General advice
www.ntu.ac.uk/askntu
Open day information
www.ntu.ac.uk/pgopendays
www.ntu.ac.uk/virtualtour
Other useful contacts
www.experiencenottinghamshire.com
Important notes
This prospectus is correct at the time of going to print. However, given
the passage of time between its publication and the academic year to
which it relates, some of the information may change. It is very
important therefore that you check the Universitys website
www.ntu.ac.uk before making an application to the University, as some
details relating to the course and the status of any validation process,
the fees and other costs, as well as related services, may have been
updated.
The University will do all that it reasonably can to provide educational
services as described in the prospectus, on the website, or in other
documents issued by it, to appropriately enrolled students. Sometimes
circumstances beyond the control of the University mean that it
cannot provide the educational services described. Examples of such
circumstances include:
(a) industrial action by University staff or third parties;
(b) the unanticipated departure of key members of
University staff;
(c) power failure;
(d) acts of terrorism;
(e) damage to buildings or equipment;
(f) the acts of any governmental or local authority;
(g) the demands of the timetable and the availability of
academic staff in respect of possible optional subjects;
(h) where the numbers recruited to a course are so low that
it is not possible to deliver an appropriate quality of
education for students enrolled on it.
In such circumstances, the University will take all reasonable steps to
minimise the resultant disruption to those services and to those
students who are affected by, for example, offering those students the
opportunity where reasonably possible to move to another course,
another institution or by delivering a modified version of the same
course, but the University excludes liability, to the full extent that is
possible under the general law, for any loss and / or damage suffered by
any applicant or student as a result of such circumstances.

268
The University will use all reasonable endeavours to deliver the course
in accordance with the description applied to it in the Universitys
prospectus (as up-dated from time to time on the website or
elsewhere) for the academic year in which you begin the course.
However, the University will be entitled to make reasonable changes to
the course (including to the content and syllabus of the course where
developments in the subject area and / or accrediting bodies make
that necessary, or to the location of the course or the method of
delivery or assessment of the course) where that will enable the
University to deliver a better quality of educational experience to
students enrolled on the course. In making any such changes, the
University will aim to keep them to the minimum necessary to achieve
the required quality of experience and will notify and consult with
affected students in advance about any changes that are required.
Any changes to its courses are considered through the Universitys
quality assurance process; this process engages students through
appropriate University committees. If the University changes your
course and you are not satisfied with the changes, you will be offered
the opportunity to withdraw from the course and, if required,
reasonable support to transfer to another provider.
Any offer of a place at the University shall be subject to the student
enrolment conditions and the Universitys rules and regulations (as
amended from time to time). A copy of the student enrolment
conditions can be found at www.ntu.ac.uk/enrolement_conditions
or obtained from the Academic Office, Nottingham Trent University,
Burton Street, Nottingham, NG1 4BU.
Key information
Please be aware that the information in the key information boxes
comes from a variety of sources and is accurate at the time of going to
print. These include: the National Student Survey (NSS 2014/15), The
Research Excellence Framework (REF 2014), Destination of Leavers
from Higher Education Survey (DLHE 2012/13 and 2013/14), Higher
Education Statistics Agency (HESA 2013/14), Universities and Colleges
Admissions Service (UCAS), The Data Service, The Complete University
Guide (2014/15), Times Higher Education Student Experience Survey
(THES 2014), Graduate Employment Market Statistics 2014/15, latest
UCAS End of Cycle Report 2014, Which? University Guide 2014,
Natwest Student Living Index 2015, and other sources.
7400_Layout 1 06/10/2015 10:15 Page 3
Where is Nottingham?
Glasgow
50 miles
Edinburgh
Newcastle upon Tyne

Belfast
York
Lancaster
Leeds
Manchester
Dublin
Liverpool
Sheffield
Nottingham
Birmingham
Norwich
Cardiff
London
Bristol
Southampton
Plymouth
City
Distance to Nottingham (miles)
Car journey times
Train journey times
Birmingham
Bristol
Cardiff
Edinburgh
Glasgow
Lancaster
Leeds
Liverpool
London
Manchester
Newcastle upon Tyne
Norwich
Plymouth
Sheffield
Southampton
York
54
142
161
288
287
124
72
111
130
83
166
148
255
44
169
95
57 minutes
2 hours 18 minutes
2 hours 42 minutes
4 hours 58 minutes
4 hours 36 minutes
2 hours 20 minutes
1 hour 17 minutes
2 hours 2 minutes
2 hours 25 minutes
1 hour 50 minutes
2 hours 42 minutes
2 hours 58 minutes
3 hours 59 minutes
57 minutes
2 hours 54 minutes
1 hour 41 minutes
1 hour 20 minutes
3 hours 5 minutes
3 hours 30 minutes
4 hours 52 minutes
5 hours 51 minutes
3 hours 5 minutes
2 hours
2 hours 45 minutes
1 hour 50 minutes
1 hour 50 minutes
3 hours 5 minutes
2 hours 39 minutes
5 hours 5 minutes
54 minutes
4 hours 13 minutes
2 hours 7 minutes
269
7400_Layout 1 06/10/2015 10:15 Page 4
Nottingham Trent University

Burton Street
Nottingham
NG1 4BU
UK
Tel: +44 (0)115 848 4200
Any questions? Just ask NTU www.ntu.ac.uk/askntu
www.ntu.ac.uk
NottinghamTrentUniversity
TrentUni
This information can be made available in alternative formats.

Please note that whilst the University has taken all reasonable steps to ensure the accuracy of the content within this prospectus at the time of printing, the University reserves the right
to remove, vary or amend the content of the prospectus at any time. For avoidance of doubt, the information provided within the content of this prospectus is for guidance purposes.
Nottingham Trent University and may not be reproduced or transmitted in any form in whole or in part without the prior written consent of Nottingham Trent University.
This prospectus is printed on an FSC XZgi^[^ZYpaper manufactured from

responsiblesources and produced at a mill certified with ISO 14001
environmentalmanagement standard. It has been printed in accordance
with ISO 14001environmental management systems. This publication
can be recycled tofurther enhance its sustainability.
7400/10/15
*7400*

PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

7400_Layout 1 06/10/2015 10:15 Page 1

7400_Layout 1 06/10/2015 10:15 Page 2

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:02 Page 1

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:02 Page 2

Fees, funding and scholarships

Your guide to our courses

Graduate School (research degrees)

Nottingham Business School

Nottingham Law School

School of Animal, Rural and Environmental Sciences

School of Architecture, Design and the Built Environment

School of Art & Design

School of Arts and Humanities

School of Science and Technology

School of Social Sciences

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:02 Page 3

The open evening and recruitment

Wednesday 11 November 2015

Open days on demand

Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/pgopendays to book your place.

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:02 Page 4

I am so proud I attended NTU.

Like our teaching, our research seeks to value ideas and

Professor Edward W Peck PhD MA BA DHSM DipM

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:02 Page 5

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:03 Page 6

What makes our courses stand out?

The statistics prove that postgraduate study delivers a

Our academic supervisors, tutors and lecturers are

Why study at NTU?

90% of our research activity achieved world-leading,

Our postgraduate courses are setting new standards by

There is no doubt about it, NTU

*The Social Composition and Future Earnings of Postgraduates, Sutton Trust

We have strong links with the private and public

Our strong links with companies worldwide also

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:03 Page 7

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:03 Page 8

Taught postgraduate courses

Masters, postgraduate certificates and

Taught courses most commonly come in the form of a

See page 265 for a glossary of course

These rely on your own research activities, supervised by

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:03 Page 9

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:03 Page 10

Work experience opportunities

Planning for your future

In addition to individual support, we offer a wide range

Interested in setting up your own company?

Go to www.ntu.ac.uk/employability to find out more.

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:03 Page 11

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:03 Page 12

The inspirational work of our staff continues to be

You wont just be hearing from our high calibre lecturers

Our passion to constantly find ways to energise and

The tutors constant support,

Recently, NTU staff have

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:03 Page 13

7400_Intro_Layout 1 30/09/2015 11:03 Page 14

90% of our research is

Meanwhile our work in General Engineering and English

There is a really good